sdk: libsupc++ && gcc_eh

git-svn-id: svn://kolibrios.org@4383 a494cfbc-eb01-0410-851d-a64ba20cac60
This commit is contained in:
Sergey Semyonov (Serge) 2013-12-19 13:29:20 +00:00
parent caec3d3e42
commit 77990d14e3
71 changed files with 20465 additions and 0 deletions

View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
LIBRARY= gcc_eh
CC=gcc
CPP=g++
CFLAGS = -U_Win32 -U_WIN32 -U__MINGW32__ -c -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer
LD = ld
AR= ar
STRIP = $(PREFIX)strip
INCLUDES= -I. -I../newlib/include
LIBS:= -ldll -lc.dll
DEFINES= -DIN_GCC -DUSE_EMUTLS=1
SOURCES = unwind-c.c \
unwind-dw2.c \
unwind-dw2-fde.c
OBJECTS = $(patsubst %.cc, %.o, $(patsubst %.c, %.o, $(SOURCES)))
# targets
all:$(LIBRARY).a
$(LIBRARY).a: $(OBJECTS) Makefile
ar cvrs $(LIBRARY).a $(OBJECTS)
mv -f $(LIBRARY).a ../../lib
%.o : %.c Makefile
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
%.o : %.cc Makefile
$(CPP) $(CFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
clean:
-rm -f *.o

View File

@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
/* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros
Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* ANSI and traditional C compatibility macros
ANSI C is assumed if __STDC__ is #defined.
Macro ANSI C definition Traditional C definition
----- ---- - ---------- ----------- - ----------
ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 not defined
PTR `void *' `char *'
PTRCONST `void *const' `char *'
LONG_DOUBLE `long double' `double'
const not defined `'
volatile not defined `'
signed not defined `'
VA_START(ap, var) va_start(ap, var) va_start(ap)
Note that it is safe to write "void foo();" indicating a function
with no return value, in all K+R compilers we have been able to test.
For declaring functions with prototypes, we also provide these:
PARAMS ((prototype))
-- for functions which take a fixed number of arguments. Use this
when declaring the function. When defining the function, write a
K+R style argument list. For example:
char *strcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, char *source));
...
char *
strcpy (dest, source)
char *dest;
char *source;
{ ... }
VPARAMS ((prototype, ...))
-- for functions which take a variable number of arguments. Use
PARAMS to declare the function, VPARAMS to define it. For example:
int printf PARAMS ((const char *format, ...));
...
int
printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...))
{
...
}
For writing functions which take variable numbers of arguments, we
also provide the VA_OPEN, VA_CLOSE, and VA_FIXEDARG macros. These
hide the differences between K+R <varargs.h> and C89 <stdarg.h> more
thoroughly than the simple VA_START() macro mentioned above.
VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are used *instead of* va_start and va_end.
Immediately after VA_OPEN, put a sequence of VA_FIXEDARG calls
corresponding to the list of fixed arguments. Then use va_arg
normally to get the variable arguments, or pass your va_list object
around. You do not declare the va_list yourself; VA_OPEN does it
for you.
Here is a complete example:
int
printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...))
{
int result;
VA_OPEN (ap, format);
VA_FIXEDARG (ap, const char *, format);
result = vfprintf (stdout, format, ap);
VA_CLOSE (ap);
return result;
}
You can declare variables either before or after the VA_OPEN,
VA_FIXEDARG sequence. Also, VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are the beginning
and end of a block. They must appear at the same nesting level,
and any variables declared after VA_OPEN go out of scope at
VA_CLOSE. Unfortunately, with a K+R compiler, that includes the
argument list. You can have multiple instances of VA_OPEN/VA_CLOSE
pairs in a single function in case you need to traverse the
argument list more than once.
For ease of writing code which uses GCC extensions but needs to be
portable to other compilers, we provide the GCC_VERSION macro that
simplifies testing __GNUC__ and __GNUC_MINOR__ together, and various
wrappers around __attribute__. Also, __extension__ will be #defined
to nothing if it doesn't work. See below.
This header also defines a lot of obsolete macros:
CONST, VOLATILE, SIGNED, PROTO, EXFUN, DEFUN, DEFUN_VOID,
AND, DOTS, NOARGS. Don't use them. */
#ifndef _ANSIDECL_H
#define _ANSIDECL_H 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Every source file includes this file,
so they will all get the switch for lint. */
/* LINTLIBRARY */
/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some
older preprocessors. Thus we can't define something like this:
#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \
(__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR)))
and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)".
So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */
/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it
is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are
significant.) This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using
gcc at all. */
#ifndef GCC_VERSION
#define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
#endif /* GCC_VERSION */
#if defined (__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined (_AIX) || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) || defined(_WIN32)
/* All known AIX compilers implement these things (but don't always
define __STDC__). The RISC/OS MIPS compiler defines these things
in SVR4 mode, but does not define __STDC__. */
/* eraxxon@alumni.rice.edu: The Compaq C++ compiler, unlike many other
C++ compilers, does not define __STDC__, though it acts as if this
was so. (Verified versions: 5.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5) */
#define ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1
#define PTR void *
#define PTRCONST void *const
#define LONG_DOUBLE long double
/* PARAMS is often defined elsewhere (e.g. by libintl.h), so wrap it in
a #ifndef. */
#ifndef PARAMS
#define PARAMS(ARGS) ARGS
#endif
#define VPARAMS(ARGS) ARGS
#define VA_START(VA_LIST, VAR) va_start(VA_LIST, VAR)
/* variadic function helper macros */
/* "struct Qdmy" swallows the semicolon after VA_OPEN/VA_FIXEDARG's
use without inhibiting further decls and without declaring an
actual variable. */
#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP, VAR); { struct Qdmy
#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); }
#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, T, N) struct Qdmy
#undef const
#undef volatile
#undef signed
/* inline requires special treatment; it's in C99, and GCC >=2.7 supports
it too, but it's not in C89. */
#undef inline
#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L || defined(__cplusplus) || (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && defined(__C99FEATURES__))
/* it's a keyword */
#else
# if GCC_VERSION >= 2007
# define inline __inline__ /* __inline__ prevents -pedantic warnings */
# else
# define inline /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
/* These are obsolete. Do not use. */
#ifndef IN_GCC
#define CONST const
#define VOLATILE volatile
#define SIGNED signed
#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name arglist
#define EXFUN(name, proto) name proto
#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name(args)
#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name(void)
#define AND ,
#define DOTS , ...
#define NOARGS void
#endif /* ! IN_GCC */
#else /* Not ANSI C. */
#undef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
#define PTR char *
#define PTRCONST PTR
#define LONG_DOUBLE double
#define PARAMS(args) ()
#define VPARAMS(args) (va_alist) va_dcl
#define VA_START(va_list, var) va_start(va_list)
#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP); { struct Qdmy
#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); }
#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, TYPE, NAME) TYPE NAME = va_arg(AP, TYPE)
/* some systems define these in header files for non-ansi mode */
#undef const
#undef volatile
#undef signed
#undef inline
#define const
#define volatile
#define signed
#define inline
#ifndef IN_GCC
#define CONST
#define VOLATILE
#define SIGNED
#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name ()
#define EXFUN(name, proto) name()
#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name arglist args;
#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name()
#define AND ;
#define DOTS
#define NOARGS
#endif /* ! IN_GCC */
#endif /* ANSI C. */
/* Define macros for some gcc attributes. This permits us to use the
macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the
version of gcc in which they are supported. */
#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007)
# define __attribute__(x)
#endif
/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096)
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */
/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93 and g++ 4.5. For
g++ an attribute on a label must be followed by a semicolon. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# ifndef __cplusplus
# if GCC_VERSION >= 2093
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# endif
# else
# if GCC_VERSION >= 4005
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED ;
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
#define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */
/* Before GCC 3.4, the C++ frontend couldn't parse attributes placed after the
identifier name. */
#if ! defined(__cplusplus) || (GCC_VERSION >= 3004)
# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
#else /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */
# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME
#endif /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
#define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */
/* Attribute `nonnull' was valid as of gcc 3.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ (m)))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL */
/* Attribute `pure' was valid as of gcc 3.0. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PURE
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PURE */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF when the format specifier must not be NULL.
This was the case for the `printf' format attribute by itself
before GCC 3.3, but as of 3.3 we need to add the `nonnull'
attribute to retain this behavior. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF when the format attribute is to be set on
a function pointer. Format attributes were allowed on function
pointers as of gcc 3.1. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3001)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n)
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.1 */
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(1, 2)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(2, 3)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(3, 4)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(4, 5)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF when the format specifier may be NULL. A
NULL format specifier was allowed as of gcc 3.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n)))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(1, 2)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(2, 3)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(3, 4)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(4, 5)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF */
/* Attribute `sentinel' was valid as of gcc 3.5. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3005)
# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL __attribute__ ((__sentinel__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.5 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (__alignof__ (m))))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF */
/* Useful for structures whose layout must much some binary specification
regardless of the alignment and padding qualities of the compiler. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
# define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed))
#endif
/* Attribute `hot' and `cold' was valid as of gcc 4.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_COLD
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD __attribute__ ((__cold__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD
# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_COLD */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_HOT
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT __attribute__ ((__hot__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT
# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_HOT */
/* We use __extension__ in some places to suppress -pedantic warnings
about GCC extensions. This feature didn't work properly before
gcc 2.8. */
#if GCC_VERSION < 2008
#define __extension__
#endif
/* This is used to declare a const variable which should be visible
outside of the current compilation unit. Use it as
EXPORTED_CONST int i = 1;
This is because the semantics of const are different in C and C++.
"extern const" is permitted in C but it looks strange, and gcc
warns about it when -Wc++-compat is not used. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define EXPORTED_CONST extern const
#else
#define EXPORTED_CONST const
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ansidecl.h */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/* Definitions needed when using stabs embedded in COFF sections.
Copyright (C) 1996, 2004, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file may be included by any COFF target which wishes to
support -gstabs generating stabs in sections, as produced by gas
and understood by gdb. */
/* Output DBX (stabs) debugging information if doing -gstabs. */
#define DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO 1
/* Generate SDB debugging information by default. */
#ifndef PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
#define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE SDB_DEBUG
#endif
/* Be function-relative for block and source line stab directives. */
#define DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE 1
/* but, to make this work, functions must appear prior to line info. */
#define DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
/* Generate a blank trailing N_SO to mark the end of the .o file, since
we can't depend upon the linker to mark .o file boundaries with
embedded stabs. */
#define DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
/* Like block addresses, stabs line numbers are relative to the
current function. */
#define DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE 1
/* When generating stabs debugging, use N_BINCL entries. */
#undef DBX_USE_BINCL
#define DBX_USE_BINCL
/* There is no limit to the length of stabs strings. */
#ifndef DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
#define DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH 0
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/* Definitions for BSD assembler syntax for Intel 386
(actually AT&T syntax for insns and operands,
adapted to BSD conventions for symbol names and debugging.)
Copyright (C) 1988, 1996, 2000, 2002, 2007, 2008
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Use the Sequent Symmetry assembler syntax. */
/* Define the syntax of pseudo-ops, labels and comments. */
/* Prefix for internally generated assembler labels. If we aren't using
underscores, we are using prefix `.'s to identify labels that should
be ignored, as in `i386/gas.h' --karl@cs.umb.edu */
#define LPREFIX "L"
/* Assembler pseudos to introduce constants of various size. */
#define ASM_BYTE "\t.byte\t"
#define ASM_SHORT "\t.word\t"
#define ASM_LONG "\t.long\t"
#define ASM_QUAD "\t.quad\t" /* Should not be used for 32bit compilation. */
/* This was suggested, but it shouldn't be right for DBX output. -- RMS
#define ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME(FILE, NAME) */
/* Define the syntax of labels and symbol definitions/declarations. */
/* This is how to output an assembler line
that says to advance the location counter by SIZE bytes. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP(FILE,SIZE) \
fprintf (FILE, "\t.space "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED"\n", (SIZE))
/* Define the syntax of labels and symbol definitions/declarations. */
/* This says how to output an assembler line
to define a global common symbol. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON(FILE, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) \
( fputs (".comm ", (FILE)), \
assemble_name ((FILE), (NAME)), \
fprintf ((FILE), ",%u\n", (int)(ROUNDED)))
/* This says how to output an assembler line
to define a local common symbol. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL(FILE, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) \
( fputs (".lcomm ", (FILE)), \
assemble_name ((FILE), (NAME)), \
fprintf ((FILE), ",%u\n", (int)(ROUNDED)))
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_LCOMM_WITH_ALIGNMENT
#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL(FILE, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT) \
( fputs (".lcomm ", (FILE)), \
assemble_name ((FILE), (NAME)), \
fprintf ((FILE), ",%u,%u\n", (int)(SIZE), (int)(ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT))
#endif
/* This is how to output an assembler line
that says to advance the location counter
to a multiple of 2**LOG bytes. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN(FILE,LOG) \
if ((LOG)!=0) fprintf ((FILE), "\t.align %d\n", (LOG))
/* This is how to store into the string BUF
the symbol_ref name of an internal numbered label where
PREFIX is the class of label and NUM is the number within the class.
This is suitable for output with `assemble_name'. */
#define ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL(BUF,PREFIX,NUMBER) \
sprintf ((BUF), "*%s%ld", (PREFIX), (long)(NUMBER))
/* The prefix to add to user-visible assembler symbols. */
#define USER_LABEL_PREFIX "_"
/* Sequent has some changes in the format of DBX symbols. */
#define DBX_NO_XREFS 1
/* Don't split DBX symbols into continuations. */
#define DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH 0

View File

@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
/* Operating system specific defines to be used when targeting GCC for
hosting on Windows32, using a Unix style C library and tools.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#define DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO 1
#define SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO 1
#if TARGET_64BIT_DEFAULT || defined (HAVE_GAS_PE_SECREL32_RELOC)
#define DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO 1
#endif
#undef PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
#if (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO)
#define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE DWARF2_DEBUG
#else
#define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE DBX_DEBUG
#endif
#undef TARGET_64BIT_MS_ABI
#define TARGET_64BIT_MS_ABI (!cfun ? ix86_abi == MS_ABI : TARGET_64BIT && cfun->machine->call_abi == MS_ABI)
#undef DEFAULT_ABI
#define DEFAULT_ABI (TARGET_64BIT ? MS_ABI : SYSV_ABI)
#if ! defined (USE_MINGW64_LEADING_UNDERSCORES)
#undef USER_LABEL_PREFIX
#define USER_LABEL_PREFIX (TARGET_64BIT ? "" : "_")
#undef LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
#define LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX (TARGET_64BIT ? "." : "")
#undef ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL
#define ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL(BUF,PREFIX,NUMBER) \
sprintf ((BUF), "*%s%s%ld", LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX, \
(PREFIX), (long)(NUMBER))
#undef LPREFIX
#define LPREFIX (TARGET_64BIT ? ".L" : "L")
#endif
#undef DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER
#define DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(n) \
(TARGET_64BIT ? dbx64_register_map[n] \
: (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG \
? svr4_dbx_register_map[n] : dbx_register_map[n]))
/* Map gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. For 32 bit
target, always use the svr4_dbx_register_map for DWARF .eh_frame
even if we don't use DWARF .debug_frame. */
#undef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
#define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(n) \
(TARGET_64BIT ? dbx64_register_map[(n)] \
: svr4_dbx_register_map[(n)])
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_PE_SECREL32_RELOC
/* Use section relative relocations for debugging offsets. Unlike
other targets that fake this by putting the section VMA at 0, PE
won't allow it. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET(FILE, SIZE, LABEL, SECTION) \
do { \
switch (SIZE) \
{ \
case 4: \
fputs ("\t.secrel32\t", FILE); \
assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
break; \
case 8: \
/* This is a hack. There is no 64-bit section relative \
relocation. However, the COFF format also does not \
support 64-bit file offsets; 64-bit applications are \
limited to 32-bits of code+data in any one module. \
Fake the 64-bit offset by zero-extending it. */ \
fputs ("\t.secrel32\t", FILE); \
assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
fputs ("\n\t.long\t0", FILE); \
break; \
default: \
gcc_unreachable (); \
} \
} while (0)
#endif
#define TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX ".exe"
#include <stdio.h>
#define TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS() \
do \
{ \
if (!TARGET_64BIT) \
builtin_define ("_X86_=1"); \
builtin_assert ("system=winnt"); \
builtin_define ("__stdcall=__attribute__((__stdcall__))"); \
builtin_define ("__fastcall=__attribute__((__fastcall__))"); \
builtin_define ("__cdecl=__attribute__((__cdecl__))"); \
if (!flag_iso) \
{ \
builtin_define ("_stdcall=__attribute__((__stdcall__))"); \
builtin_define ("_fastcall=__attribute__((__fastcall__))"); \
builtin_define ("_cdecl=__attribute__((__cdecl__))"); \
} \
/* Even though linkonce works with static libs, this is needed \
to compare typeinfo symbols across dll boundaries. */ \
builtin_define ("__GXX_MERGED_TYPEINFO_NAMES=0"); \
builtin_define ("__GXX_TYPEINFO_EQUALITY_INLINE=0"); \
EXTRA_OS_CPP_BUILTINS (); \
} \
while (0)
/* Get tree.c to declare a target-specific specialization of
merge_decl_attributes. */
#define TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES 1
/* This macro defines names of additional specifications to put in the specs
that can be used in various specifications like CC1_SPEC. Its definition
is an initializer with a subgrouping for each command option.
Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the
specification name, and a string constant that used by the GCC driver
program.
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. */
#undef SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS
#define SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS \
{ "mingw_include_path", DEFAULT_TARGET_MACHINE }
#undef MATH_LIBRARY
#define MATH_LIBRARY ""
#define SIZE_TYPE (TARGET_64BIT ? "long long unsigned int" : "unsigned int")
#define PTRDIFF_TYPE (TARGET_64BIT ? "long long int" : "int")
#define WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE 16
#define WCHAR_TYPE "short unsigned int"
/* Windows64 continues to use a 32-bit long type. */
#undef LONG_TYPE_SIZE
#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE 32
/* Enable parsing of #pragma pack(push,<n>) and #pragma pack(pop). */
#define HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_PUSH_POP 1
union tree_node;
#define TREE union tree_node *
#define drectve_section() \
(fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section .drectve\n"), \
in_section = NULL)
/* Older versions of gas don't handle 'r' as data.
Explicitly set data flag with 'd'. */
#define READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .rdata,\"dr\""
/* Don't allow flag_pic to propagate since gas may produce invalid code
otherwise. */
#undef SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
#define SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS \
do { \
if (TARGET_64BIT && flag_pic != 1) \
{ \
if (flag_pic > 1) \
warning (0, \
"-fPIC ignored for target (all code is position independent)"\
); \
flag_pic = 1; \
} \
else if (!TARGET_64BIT && flag_pic) \
{ \
warning (0, "-f%s ignored for target (all code is position independent)",\
(flag_pic > 1) ? "PIC" : "pic"); \
flag_pic = 0; \
} \
} while (0) \
/* Define this macro if references to a symbol must be treated
differently depending on something about the variable or
function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).
On i386 running Windows NT, modify the assembler name with a suffix
consisting of an atsign (@) followed by string of digits that represents
the number of bytes of arguments passed to the function, if it has the
attribute STDCALL.
In addition, we must mark dll symbols specially. Definitions of
dllexport'd objects install some info in the .drectve section.
References to dllimport'd objects are fetched indirectly via
_imp__. If both are declared, dllexport overrides. This is also
needed to implement one-only vtables: they go into their own
section and we need to set DECL_SECTION_NAME so we do that here.
Note that we can be called twice on the same decl. */
#define SUBTARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO i386_pe_encode_section_info
/* Output a common block. */
#undef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON \
i386_pe_asm_output_aligned_decl_common
/* Output the label for an initialized variable. */
#undef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
#define ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME(STREAM, NAME, DECL) \
do { \
i386_pe_maybe_record_exported_symbol (DECL, NAME, 1); \
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL ((STREAM), (NAME)); \
} while (0)
/* Output a reference to a label. Fastcall function symbols
keep their '@' prefix, while other symbols are prefixed
with user_label_prefix. */
#undef ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
#define ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF(STREAM, NAME) \
do { \
if ((NAME)[0] != FASTCALL_PREFIX) \
fputs (user_label_prefix, (STREAM)); \
fputs ((NAME), (STREAM)); \
} while (0)
/* Emit code to check the stack when allocating more than 4000
bytes in one go. */
#define CHECK_STACK_LIMIT 4000
#undef STACK_BOUNDARY
#define STACK_BOUNDARY (ix86_abi == MS_ABI ? 128 : BITS_PER_WORD)
/* By default, target has a 80387, uses IEEE compatible arithmetic,
returns float values in the 387 and needs stack probes.
We also align doubles to 64-bits for MSVC default compatibility. */
#undef TARGET_SUBTARGET_DEFAULT
#define TARGET_SUBTARGET_DEFAULT \
(MASK_80387 | MASK_IEEE_FP | MASK_FLOAT_RETURNS \
| MASK_STACK_PROBE | MASK_ALIGN_DOUBLE)
#undef TARGET_SUBTARGET64_DEFAULT
#define TARGET_SUBTARGET64_DEFAULT \
MASK_128BIT_LONG_DOUBLE
/* This is how to output an assembler line
that says to advance the location counter
to a multiple of 2**LOG bytes. */
#undef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN
#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN(FILE,LOG) \
if ((LOG)!=0) fprintf ((FILE), "\t.align %d\n", 1<<(LOG))
/* Windows uses explicit import from shared libraries. */
#define MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES 1
#define TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION i386_pe_unique_section
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION default_no_function_rodata_section
#define SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY 1
/* Switch into a generic section. */
#define TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION i386_pe_asm_named_section
/* Select attributes for named sections. */
#define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS i386_pe_section_type_flags
/* Write the extra assembler code needed to declare a function
properly. If we are generating SDB debugging information, this
will happen automatically, so we only need to handle other cases. */
#undef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
#define ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME(FILE, NAME, DECL) \
do \
{ \
i386_pe_maybe_record_exported_symbol (DECL, NAME, 0); \
if (write_symbols != SDB_DEBUG) \
i386_pe_declare_function_type (FILE, NAME, TREE_PUBLIC (DECL)); \
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (FILE, NAME); \
} \
while (0)
/* Add an external function to the list of functions to be declared at
the end of the file. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL(FILE, DECL, NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (TREE_CODE (DECL) == FUNCTION_DECL) \
i386_pe_record_external_function ((DECL), (NAME)); \
} \
while (0)
/* Declare the type properly for any external libcall. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL(FILE, FUN) \
i386_pe_declare_function_type (FILE, XSTR (FUN, 0), 1)
/* This says out to put a global symbol in the BSS section. */
#undef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS(FILE, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGN) \
asm_output_aligned_bss ((FILE), (DECL), (NAME), (SIZE), (ALIGN))
/* Output function declarations at the end of the file. */
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END i386_pe_file_end
#undef ASM_COMMENT_START
#define ASM_COMMENT_START " #"
#ifndef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
/* If configured with --disable-sjlj-exceptions, use DWARF2, else
default to SJLJ. */
#if (defined (CONFIG_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS) && !CONFIG_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
/* The logic of this #if must be kept synchronised with the logic
for selecting the tmake_eh_file fragment in config.gcc. */
#define DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO 1
/* If multilib is selected break build as sjlj is required. */
#if defined (TARGET_BI_ARCH)
#error For 64-bit windows and 32-bit based multilib version of gcc just SJLJ exceptions are supported.
#endif
#else
#define DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO 0
#endif
#endif
/* Don't assume anything about the header files. */
#define NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
#undef PROFILE_HOOK
#define PROFILE_HOOK(LABEL) \
if (MAIN_NAME_P (DECL_NAME (current_function_decl))) \
{ \
emit_call_insn (gen_rtx_CALL (VOIDmode, \
gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, \
gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_monstartup")), \
const0_rtx)); \
}
/* Java Native Interface (JNI) methods on Win32 are invoked using the
stdcall calling convention. */
#undef MODIFY_JNI_METHOD_CALL
#define MODIFY_JNI_METHOD_CALL(MDECL) \
build_type_attribute_variant ((MDECL), \
build_tree_list (get_identifier ("stdcall"), \
NULL))
/* For Win32 ABI compatibility */
#undef DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
#define DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN 0
/* MSVC returns aggregate types of up to 8 bytes via registers.
See i386.c:ix86_return_in_memory. */
#undef MS_AGGREGATE_RETURN
#define MS_AGGREGATE_RETURN 1
/* Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this
machine. Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be
specified using the `__attribute__ ((aligned (N)))' construct. If
not defined, the default value is `BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT'. */
/* IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8192BYTES is the largest section alignment flag
specified in the PECOFF60 spec. Native MS compiler also limits
user-specified alignment to 8192 bytes. */
#undef MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
#define MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT (8192 * 8)
/* BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT macro is used directly by libobjc, There, we
align internal doubles in structures on dword boundaries. Otherwise,
support vector modes using ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN, defined in i386.h. */
#ifdef IN_TARGET_LIBS
#undef BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
#define BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT 64
#endif
/* A bit-field declared as `int' forces `int' alignment for the struct. */
#undef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
#define PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS 1
#define GROUP_BITFIELDS_BY_ALIGN TYPE_NATIVE(rec)
/* Enable alias attribute support. */
#ifndef SET_ASM_OP
#define SET_ASM_OP "\t.set\t"
#endif
/* This implements the `alias' attribute, keeping any stdcall or
fastcall decoration. */
#undef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
#define ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS(STREAM, DECL, TARGET) \
do \
{ \
const char *alias \
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (DECL)); \
i386_pe_maybe_record_exported_symbol (DECL, alias, 0); \
if (TREE_CODE (DECL) == FUNCTION_DECL) \
i386_pe_declare_function_type (STREAM, alias, \
TREE_PUBLIC (DECL)); \
ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (STREAM, alias, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TARGET)); \
} while (0)
/* GNU as supports weak symbols on PECOFF. */
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_WEAK
#define ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL(FILE, NAME) \
do \
{ \
fputs ("\t.weak\t", (FILE)); \
assemble_name ((FILE), (NAME)); \
fputc ('\n', (FILE)); \
} \
while (0)
#endif /* HAVE_GAS_WEAK */
/* FIXME: SUPPORTS_WEAK && TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS is true,
but for .jcr section to work we also need crtbegin and crtend
objects. */
#define TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION 1
/* Decide whether it is safe to use a local alias for a virtual function
when constructing thunks. */
#undef TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P
#define TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P(DECL) (!DECL_ONE_ONLY (DECL))
#define SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE \
{ "selectany", 0, 0, true, false, false, ix86_handle_selectany_attribute }
/* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */
/* mcount() does not need a counter variable. */
#undef NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
#define NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS 1
#define TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P i386_pe_valid_dllimport_attribute_p
#define TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION i386_pe_adjust_class_at_definition
#define TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME i386_pe_mangle_decl_assembler_name
#undef TREE
#ifndef BUFSIZ
# undef FILE
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/* Definitions for Intel 386 using GAS.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1993, 1994, 1996, 2002, 2004, 2007, 2008
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Note that i386/seq-gas.h is a GAS configuration that does not use this
file. */
/* Use the bsd assembler syntax. */
/* we need to do this because gas is really a bsd style assembler,
* and so doesn't work well this these att-isms:
*
* ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP is .set .,.+N, which isn't implemented in gas
* ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL is done with .set .,.+N, but that can't be
* used to define bss static space
*
* Next is the question of whether to uses underscores. RMS didn't
* like this idea at first, but since it is now obvious that we
* need this separate tm file for use with gas, at least to get
* dbx debugging info, I think we should also switch to underscores.
* We can keep i386v for real att style output, and the few
* people who want both form will have to compile twice.
*/
/* these come from i386/bsd.h, but are specific to sequent */
#undef DBX_NO_XREFS
#undef DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
/* Ask for COFF symbols. */
#define SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO 1
/* Output #ident as a .ident. */
#define ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT(FILE, NAME) fprintf (FILE, "\t.ident \"%s\"\n", NAME);
/* In the past there was confusion as to what the argument to .align was
in GAS. For the last several years the rule has been this: for a.out
file formats that argument is LOG, and for all other file formats the
argument is 1<<LOG.
However, GAS now has .p2align and .balign pseudo-ops so to remove any
doubt or guess work, and since this file is used for both a.out and other
file formats, we use one of them. */
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_BALIGN_AND_P2ALIGN
#undef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN
#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN(FILE,LOG) \
if ((LOG)!=0) fprintf ((FILE), "\t.balign %d\n", 1<<(LOG))
#endif
/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream FILE an assembler
command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 1<<LOG
bytes if it is within MAX_SKIP bytes.
This is used to align code labels according to Intel recommendations. */
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_MAX_SKIP_P2ALIGN
# define ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN(FILE,LOG,MAX_SKIP) \
if ((LOG) != 0) {\
if ((MAX_SKIP) == 0) fprintf ((FILE), "\t.p2align %d\n", (LOG)); \
else fprintf ((FILE), "\t.p2align %d,,%d\n", (LOG), (MAX_SKIP)); \
}
#endif
/* A C statement or statements which output an assembler instruction
opcode to the stdio stream STREAM. The macro-operand PTR is a
variable of type `char *' which points to the opcode name in its
"internal" form--the form that is written in the machine description.
GAS version 1.38.1 doesn't understand the `repz' opcode mnemonic.
So use `repe' instead. */
#undef ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE
#define ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE(STREAM, PTR) \
{ \
if ((PTR)[0] == 'r' \
&& (PTR)[1] == 'e' \
&& (PTR)[2] == 'p') \
{ \
if ((PTR)[3] == 'z') \
{ \
fputs ("repe", (STREAM)); \
(PTR) += 4; \
} \
else if ((PTR)[3] == 'n' && (PTR)[4] == 'z') \
{ \
fputs ("repne", (STREAM)); \
(PTR) += 5; \
} \
} \
else \
ASM_OUTPUT_AVX_PREFIX ((STREAM), (PTR)); \
}
/* Define macro used to output shift-double opcodes when the shift
count is in %cl. Some assemblers require %cl as an argument;
some don't.
GAS requires the %cl argument, so override i386/unix.h. */
#undef SHIFT_DOUBLE_OMITS_COUNT
#define SHIFT_DOUBLE_OMITS_COUNT 0
/* The comment-starter string as GAS expects it. */
#undef ASM_COMMENT_START
#define ASM_COMMENT_START "#"
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE true

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* Definitions for <stdint.h> types on systems using mingw.
Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#define SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE "int"
#define INT8_TYPE "signed char"
#define INT16_TYPE "short int"
#define INT32_TYPE "int"
#define INT64_TYPE "long long int"
#define UINT8_TYPE "unsigned char"
#define UINT16_TYPE "short unsigned int"
#define UINT32_TYPE "unsigned int"
#define UINT64_TYPE "long long unsigned int"
#define INT_LEAST8_TYPE "signed char"
#define INT_LEAST16_TYPE "short int"
#define INT_LEAST32_TYPE "int"
#define INT_LEAST64_TYPE "long long int"
#define UINT_LEAST8_TYPE "unsigned char"
#define UINT_LEAST16_TYPE "short unsigned int"
#define UINT_LEAST32_TYPE "unsigned int"
#define UINT_LEAST64_TYPE "long long unsigned int"
#define INT_FAST8_TYPE "signed char"
#define INT_FAST16_TYPE "short int"
#define INT_FAST32_TYPE "int"
#define INT_FAST64_TYPE "long long int"
#define UINT_FAST8_TYPE "unsigned char"
#define UINT_FAST16_TYPE "short unsigned int"
#define UINT_FAST32_TYPE "unsigned int"
#define UINT_FAST64_TYPE "long long unsigned int"
#define INTPTR_TYPE (TARGET_64BIT ? "long long int" : "int")
#define UINTPTR_TYPE (TARGET_64BIT ? "long long unsigned int" : "unsigned int")

View File

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
/* Operating system specific defines to be used when targeting GCC for
hosting on Windows32, using GNU tools and the Windows32 API Library.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008,
2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#undef TARGET_VERSION
#if TARGET_64BIT_DEFAULT
#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf (stderr,"(x86_64 MinGW");
#else
#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf (stderr," (x86 MinGW)");
#endif
/* See i386/crtdll.h for an alternative definition. _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS
is for compatibility with native compiler. */
#define EXTRA_OS_CPP_BUILTINS() \
do \
{ \
builtin_define ("__MSVCRT__"); \
builtin_define ("__MINGW32__"); \
builtin_define ("_WIN32"); \
builtin_define_std ("WIN32"); \
builtin_define_std ("WINNT"); \
builtin_define_with_int_value ("_INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS", \
TYPE_PRECISION (intmax_type_node));\
if (TARGET_64BIT && ix86_abi == MS_ABI) \
{ \
builtin_define ("__MINGW64__"); \
builtin_define_std ("WIN64"); \
builtin_define_std ("_WIN64"); \
} \
} \
while (0)
#undef SUB_LINK_ENTRY32
#undef SUB_LINK_ENTRY64
#define SUB_LINK_ENTRY32 "-e _DllMainCRTStartup@12"
#if defined(USE_MINGW64_LEADING_UNDERSCORES)
#define SUB_LINK_ENTRY64 "-e _DllMainCRTStartup"
#else
#define SUB_LINK_ENTRY64 "-e DllMainCRTStartup"
#endif
#undef SUB_LINK_ENTRY
#if TARGET_64BIT_DEFAULT
#define SUB_LINK_ENTRY SUB_LINK_ENTRY64
#else
#define SUB_LINK_ENTRY SUB_LINK_ENTRY32
#endif
/* Override the standard choice of /usr/include as the default prefix
to try when searching for header files. */
#undef STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR
#define STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR "/mingw/include"
#undef STANDARD_INCLUDE_COMPONENT
#define STANDARD_INCLUDE_COMPONENT "MINGW"
#undef CPP_SPEC
#define CPP_SPEC "%{posix:-D_POSIX_SOURCE} %{mthreads:-D_MT}"
/* For Windows applications, include more libraries, but always include
kernel32. */
#undef LIB_SPEC
#define LIB_SPEC "%{pg:-lgmon} %{mwindows:-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32} \
-luser32 -lkernel32 -ladvapi32 -lshell32"
/* Weak symbols do not get resolved if using a Windows dll import lib.
Make the unwind registration references strong undefs. */
#if DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
/* DW2-unwind is just available for 32-bit mode. */
#if TARGET_64BIT_DEFAULT
#error DW2 unwind is not available for 64-bit.
#endif
#define SHARED_LIBGCC_UNDEFS_SPEC \
"%{shared-libgcc: -u ___register_frame_info -u ___deregister_frame_info}"
#else
#define SHARED_LIBGCC_UNDEFS_SPEC ""
#endif
#undef SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS
#define SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS \
{ "shared_libgcc_undefs", SHARED_LIBGCC_UNDEFS_SPEC }
#define LINK_SPEC "%{mwindows:--subsystem windows} \
%{mconsole:--subsystem console} \
%{shared: %{mdll: %eshared and mdll are not compatible}} \
%{shared: --shared} %{mdll:--dll} \
%{static:-Bstatic} %{!static:-Bdynamic} \
%{shared|mdll: " SUB_LINK_ENTRY " --enable-auto-image-base} \
%(shared_libgcc_undefs)"
/* Include in the mingw32 libraries with libgcc */
#ifdef ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC
#define SHARED_LIBGCC_SPEC "%{shared-libgcc:-lgcc_s} %{!shared-libgcc:-lgcc_eh}"
#else
#define SHARED_LIBGCC_SPEC /*empty*/
#endif
#undef REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
#define REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC \
"%{mthreads:-lmingwthrd} -lmingw32 \
"SHARED_LIBGCC_SPEC" \
-lgcc \
-lmoldname -lmingwex -lmsvcrt"
#undef STARTFILE_SPEC
#define STARTFILE_SPEC "%{shared|mdll:dllcrt2%O%s} \
%{!shared:%{!mdll:crt2%O%s}} %{pg:gcrt2%O%s} \
crtbegin.o%s"
#undef ENDFILE_SPEC
#define ENDFILE_SPEC \
"%{ffast-math|funsafe-math-optimizations:crtfastmath.o%s} \
crtend.o%s"
/* Override startfile prefix defaults. */
#ifndef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 "/mingw/lib/"
#endif
#ifndef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 ""
#endif
/* Put all *tf routines in libgcc. */
#undef LIBGCC2_HAS_TF_MODE
#define LIBGCC2_HAS_TF_MODE 1
#undef LIBGCC2_TF_CEXT
#define LIBGCC2_TF_CEXT q
#undef TF_SIZE
#define TF_SIZE 113
/* Output STRING, a string representing a filename, to FILE.
We canonicalize it to be in Unix format (backslashes are replaced
forward slashes. */
#undef OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING
#define OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING(FILE, STRING) \
do { \
char c; \
\
putc ('\"', asm_file); \
\
while ((c = *string++) != 0) \
{ \
if (c == '\\') \
c = '/'; \
\
if (ISPRINT (c)) \
{ \
if (c == '\"') \
putc ('\\', asm_file); \
putc (c, asm_file); \
} \
else \
fprintf (asm_file, "\\%03o", (unsigned char) c); \
} \
\
putc ('\"', asm_file); \
} while (0)
/* Define as short unsigned for compatibility with MS runtime. */
#undef WINT_TYPE
#define WINT_TYPE "short unsigned int"
/* mingw32 uses the -mthreads option to enable thread support. */
#undef GOMP_SELF_SPECS
#define GOMP_SELF_SPECS "%{fopenmp: -mthreads}"
/* mingw32 atexit function is safe to use in shared libraries. Use it
to register C++ static destructors. */
#define TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT hook_bool_void_true
/* Contains a pointer to type target_ovr_attr defining the target specific
overrides of format attributes. See c-format.h for structure
definition. */
#undef TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
#define TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES mingw_format_attribute_overrides
/* Specify the count of elements in TARGET_OVERRIDES_ATTRIBUTE. */
#undef TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
#define TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT 3
/* Custom initialization for warning -Wpedantic-ms-format for c-format. */
#undef TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
#define TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT msformat_init
/* MS specific format attributes for ms_printf, ms_scanf, ms_strftime. */
#undef TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
#define TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES mingw_format_attributes
#undef TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
#define TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES 3
/* Let defaults.h definition of TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION apply. */
#undef TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION
#undef MINGW_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
#define MINGW_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK \
extern void __enable_execute_stack (void *); \
void \
__enable_execute_stack (void *addr) \
{ \
MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION b; \
if (!VirtualQuery (addr, &b, sizeof(b))) \
abort (); \
VirtualProtect (b.BaseAddress, b.RegionSize, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, \
&b.Protect); \
}
#undef ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
#define ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK MINGW_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
#undef CHECK_EXECUTE_STACK_ENABLED
#define CHECK_EXECUTE_STACK_ENABLED flag_setstackexecutable
#ifdef IN_LIBGCC2
#include <windows.h>
#endif
/* For 64-bit Windows we can't use DW2 unwind info. Also for multilib
builds we can't use it, too. */
#if !TARGET_64BIT_DEFAULT && !defined (TARGET_BI_ARCH)
#define MD_UNWIND_SUPPORT "config/i386/w32-unwind.h"
#endif
/* This matches SHLIB_SONAME and SHLIB_SOVERSION in t-cygming. */
/* This matches SHLIB_SONAME and SHLIB_SOVERSION in t-cygwin. */
#if DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
#define LIBGCC_EH_EXTN "_dw2"
#else
#define LIBGCC_EH_EXTN "_sjlj"
#endif
#define LIBGCC_SONAME "libgcc_s" LIBGCC_EH_EXTN "-1.dll"
/* We should find a way to not have to update this manually. */
#define LIBGCJ_SONAME "libgcj" /*LIBGCC_EH_EXTN*/ "-11.dll"

View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/* Definitions for Unix assembler syntax for the Intel 80386.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1994, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2009
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file defines the aspects of assembler syntax
that are the same for all the i386 Unix systems
(though they may differ in non-Unix systems). */
/* Define macro used to output shift-double opcodes when the shift
count is in %cl. Some assemblers require %cl as an argument;
some don't. This macro controls what to do: by default, don't
print %cl. */
#define SHIFT_DOUBLE_OMITS_COUNT 1
/* Define the syntax of pseudo-ops, labels and comments. */
/* String containing the assembler's comment-starter.
Note the trailing space is necessary in case the character
that immediately follows the comment is '*'. If this happens
and the space is not there the assembler will interpret this
as the start of a C-like slash-star comment and complain when
there is no terminator. */
#define ASM_COMMENT_START "/ "
/* Output to assembler file text saying following lines
may contain character constants, extra white space, comments, etc. */
#define ASM_APP_ON "/APP\n"
/* Output to assembler file text saying following lines
no longer contain unusual constructs. */
#define ASM_APP_OFF "/NO_APP\n"
/* Output before read-only data. */
#define TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.text"
/* Output before writable (initialized) data. */
#define DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.data"
/* Output before writable (uninitialized) data. */
#define BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.bss"
/* Globalizing directive for a label. */
#define GLOBAL_ASM_OP ".globl "
/* By default, target has a 80387, uses IEEE compatible arithmetic,
and returns float values in the 387. */
#undef TARGET_SUBTARGET_DEFAULT
#define TARGET_SUBTARGET_DEFAULT \
(MASK_80387 | MASK_IEEE_FP | MASK_FLOAT_RETURNS)
/* By default, 64-bit mode uses 128-bit long double. */
#undef TARGET_SUBTARGET64_DEFAULT
#define TARGET_SUBTARGET64_DEFAULT \
MASK_128BIT_LONG_DOUBLE

View File

@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
/* Definitions for Dwarf2 EH unwind support for Windows32 targets
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Pascal Obry <obry@adacore.com>
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file implements the md_fallback_frame_state_for routine for
Windows, triggered when the GCC table based unwinding process hits a
frame for which no unwind info has been registered. This typically
occurs when raising an exception from a signal handler, because the
handler is actually called from the OS kernel.
The basic idea is to detect that we are indeed trying to unwind past a
signal handler and to fill out the GCC internal unwinding structures for
the OS kernel frame as if it had been directly called from the
interrupted context.
This is all assuming that the code to set the handler asked the kernel
to pass a pointer to such context information.
There is three main parts.
1) The first thing to do is to check if we are in a signal context. If
not we can just return as there is nothing to do. We are probably on
some foreign code for which no unwind frame can be found. If this is
a call from the Windows signal handler, then:
2) We must get the signal context information.
* With the standard exception filter:
This is on Windows pointed to by an EXCEPTION_POINTERS. We know that
the signal handle will call an UnhandledExceptionFilter with this
parameter. The spec for this routine is:
LONG WINAPI UnhandledExceptionFilter(struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS*);
So the pointer to struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS must be somewhere on the
stack.
This was found experimentally to always be at offset 0 of the context
frame in all cases handled by this implementation.
* With the SEH exception handler:
In this case the signal context is directly on the stack as the SEH
exception handler has the following prototype:
DWORD
SEH_error_handler (PEXCEPTION_RECORD ExceptionRecord,
PVOID EstablisherFrame,
PCONTEXT ContextRecord,
PVOID DispatcherContext)
This was found experimentally to always be at offset 56 of the
context frame in all cases handled by this implementation.
3) When we have the signal context we just have to save some registers
and set the return address based on the program counter (Eip).
Note that this implementation follows closely the same principles as the
GNU/Linux and OSF ones. */
#define WIN32_MEAN_AND_LEAN
#include <windows.h>
/* Patterns found experimentally to be on a Windows signal handler */
/* In a standard exception filter */
#define SIG_PAT1 \
(pc_[-2] == 0xff && pc_[-1] == 0xd0 /* call %eax */ \
&& pc_[0] == 0x83 && pc_[1] == 0xf8) /* cmp 0xdepl,%eax */
#define SIG_PAT2 \
(pc_[-5] == 0xe8 && pc_[-4] == 0x68 /* call (depl16) */ \
&& pc_[0] == 0xc3) /* ret */
/* In a Win32 SEH handler */
#define SIG_SEH1 \
(pc_[-5] == 0xe8 /* call addr */ \
&& pc_[0] == 0x83 && pc_[1] == 0xc4 /* add 0xval,%esp */ \
&& pc_[3] == 0xb8) /* mov 0xval,%eax */
#define SIG_SEH2 \
(pc_[-5] == 0x8b && pc_[-4] == 0x4d /* mov depl(%ebp),%ecx */ \
&& pc_[0] == 0x64 && pc_[1] == 0x8b) /* mov %fs:(0),<reg> */ \
/* In the GCC alloca (stack probing) */
#define SIG_ALLOCA \
(pc_[-1] == 0x83 /* orl $0x0,(%ecx) */ \
&& pc_[0] == 0x9 && pc_[1] == 0 \
&& pc_[2] == 0x2d && pc_[3] == 0 /* subl $0x1000,%eax */ \
&& pc_[4] == 0x10 && pc_[5] == 0)
#define MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR i386_w32_fallback_frame_state
static _Unwind_Reason_Code
i386_w32_fallback_frame_state (struct _Unwind_Context *context,
_Unwind_FrameState *fs)
{
void * ctx_ra_ = (void *)(context->ra); /* return address */
void * ctx_cfa_ = (void *)(context->cfa); /* context frame address */
unsigned char * pc_ = (unsigned char *) ctx_ra_;
/* In the test below we look for two specific patterns found
experimentally to be in the Windows signal handler. */
if (SIG_PAT1 || SIG_PAT2 || SIG_SEH1 || SIG_SEH2)
{
PEXCEPTION_POINTERS weinfo_;
PCONTEXT proc_ctx_;
long new_cfa_;
if (SIG_SEH1)
proc_ctx_ = (PCONTEXT) (*(int*)(ctx_cfa_ + 56));
else if (SIG_SEH2)
proc_ctx_ = (PCONTEXT) (*(int*)(ctx_cfa_ + 8));
else
{
weinfo_ = (PEXCEPTION_POINTERS) (*(int*)ctx_cfa_);
proc_ctx_ = weinfo_->ContextRecord;
}
/* The new context frame address is the stack pointer. */
new_cfa_ = proc_ctx_->Esp;
fs->regs.cfa_how = CFA_REG_OFFSET;
fs->regs.cfa_reg = __builtin_dwarf_sp_column();
fs->regs.cfa_offset = new_cfa_ - (long) ctx_cfa_;
/* Save some registers. */
fs->regs.reg[0].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[0].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Eax - new_cfa_;
fs->regs.reg[3].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[3].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Ebx - new_cfa_;
fs->regs.reg[1].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[1].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Ecx - new_cfa_;
fs->regs.reg[2].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[2].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Edx - new_cfa_;
fs->regs.reg[6].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[6].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Esi - new_cfa_;
fs->regs.reg[7].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[7].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Edi - new_cfa_;
fs->regs.reg[9].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[9].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Eip - new_cfa_;
fs->regs.reg[4].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[4].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Ebp - new_cfa_;
/* Set the return address to Eip + 1. As we can be called multiple
times we use another register for this. */
proc_ctx_->Dr0 = proc_ctx_->Eip + 1;
fs->regs.reg[8].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[8].loc.offset = (long)&proc_ctx_->Dr0 - new_cfa_;
fs->retaddr_column = 8;
return _URC_NO_REASON;
}
/* Unwinding through _alloca, propagating from a trap triggered by
one of it's probes prior to the real SP adjustment. The only
operations of interest performed is "pushl %ecx", followed by
ecx clobbering. */
else if (SIG_ALLOCA)
{
/* Only one push between entry in _alloca and the probe trap. */
long new_cfa_ = (long) ctx_cfa_ + 4;
fs->regs.cfa_how = CFA_REG_OFFSET;
fs->regs.cfa_reg = __builtin_dwarf_sp_column();
fs->regs.cfa_offset = new_cfa_ - (long) ctx_cfa_;
/* The saved value of %ecx is at CFA - 4 */
fs->regs.reg[1].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[1].loc.offset = -4;
/* and what is stored at the CFA is the return address. */
fs->retaddr_column = 8;
fs->regs.reg[8].how = REG_SAVED_OFFSET;
fs->regs.reg[8].loc.offset = 0;
return _URC_NO_REASON;
}
else
return _URC_END_OF_STACK;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
/* Enable Dwarf2 debugging and make it the default */
#define DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO 1
#undef PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
#define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE DWARF2_DEBUG

View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/* Dummy definitions of VxWorks-related macros
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* True if we're targetting VxWorks. */
#ifndef TARGET_VXWORKS
#define TARGET_VXWORKS 0
#endif
/* True if generating code for a VxWorks RTP. */
#ifndef TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
#define TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP false
#endif
/* The symbol that points to an RTP's table of GOTs. */
#define VXWORKS_GOTT_BASE (gcc_unreachable (), "")
/* The symbol that holds the index of the current module's GOT in
VXWORKS_GOTT_BASE. */
#define VXWORKS_GOTT_INDEX (gcc_unreachable (), "")

View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/* GCC core type declarations.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Provide forward declarations of core types which are referred to by
most of the compiler. This allows header files to use these types
(e.g. in function prototypes) without concern for whether the full
definitions are visible. Some other declarations that need to be
universally visible are here, too.
In the context of tconfig.h, most of these have special definitions
which prevent them from being used except in further type
declarations. This is a kludge; the right thing is to avoid
including the "tm.h" header set in the context of tconfig.h, but
we're not there yet. */
#ifndef GCC_CORETYPES_H
#define GCC_CORETYPES_H
#ifndef GTY
#define GTY(x) /* nothing - marker for gengtype */
#endif
#ifndef USED_FOR_TARGET
struct bitmap_head_def;
typedef struct bitmap_head_def *bitmap;
typedef const struct bitmap_head_def *const_bitmap;
struct rtx_def;
typedef struct rtx_def *rtx;
typedef const struct rtx_def *const_rtx;
struct rtvec_def;
typedef struct rtvec_def *rtvec;
typedef const struct rtvec_def *const_rtvec;
union tree_node;
typedef union tree_node *tree;
union gimple_statement_d;
typedef union gimple_statement_d *gimple;
typedef const union tree_node *const_tree;
typedef const union gimple_statement_d *const_gimple;
union section;
typedef union section section;
struct cl_target_option;
struct cl_optimization;
struct gimple_seq_d;
typedef struct gimple_seq_d *gimple_seq;
typedef const struct gimple_seq_d *const_gimple_seq;
struct gimple_seq_node_d;
typedef struct gimple_seq_node_d *gimple_seq_node;
typedef const struct gimple_seq_node_d *const_gimple_seq_node;
/* Address space number for named address space support. */
typedef unsigned char addr_space_t;
/* The value of addr_space_t that represents the generic address space. */
#define ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC 0
#define ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P(AS) ((AS) == ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC)
/* The major intermediate representations of GCC. */
enum ir_type {
IR_GIMPLE,
IR_RTL_CFGRTL,
IR_RTL_CFGLAYOUT
};
/* Provide forward struct declaration so that we don't have to include
all of cpplib.h whenever a random prototype includes a pointer.
Note that the cpp_reader and cpp_token typedefs remain part of
cpplib.h. */
struct cpp_reader;
struct cpp_token;
/* The thread-local storage model associated with a given VAR_DECL
or SYMBOL_REF. This isn't used much, but both trees and RTL refer
to it, so it's here. */
enum tls_model {
TLS_MODEL_NONE,
TLS_MODEL_EMULATED,
TLS_MODEL_REAL,
TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC = TLS_MODEL_REAL,
TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC,
TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC,
TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
};
struct edge_def;
typedef struct edge_def *edge;
typedef const struct edge_def *const_edge;
struct basic_block_def;
typedef struct basic_block_def *basic_block;
typedef const struct basic_block_def *const_basic_block;
#else
struct _dont_use_rtx_here_;
struct _dont_use_rtvec_here_;
union _dont_use_tree_here_;
#define rtx struct _dont_use_rtx_here_ *
#define const_rtx struct _dont_use_rtx_here_ *
#define rtvec struct _dont_use_rtvec_here *
#define const_rtvec struct _dont_use_rtvec_here *
#define tree union _dont_use_tree_here_ *
#define const_tree union _dont_use_tree_here_ *
#endif
#endif /* coretypes.h */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
/* Declarations and definitions of codes relating to the DWARF2 and
DWARF3 symbolic debugging information formats.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com) The Ada Joint Program
Office (AJPO), Florida State University and Silicon Graphics Inc.
provided support for this effort -- June 21, 1995.
Derived from the DWARF 1 implementation written by Ron Guilmette
(rfg@netcom.com), November 1990.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file is derived from the DWARF specification (a public document)
Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993) developed by the UNIX International
Programming Languages Special Interest Group (UI/PLSIG) and distributed
by UNIX International. Copies of this specification are available from
UNIX International, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ, 07054.
This file also now contains definitions from the DWARF 3 specification
published Dec 20, 2005, available from: http://dwarf.freestandards.org. */
/* This file is shared between GCC and GDB, and should not contain
prototypes. */
#ifndef _ELF_DWARF2_H
#define _ELF_DWARF2_H
/* Structure found in the .debug_line section. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned char li_length [4];
unsigned char li_version [2];
unsigned char li_prologue_length [4];
unsigned char li_min_insn_length [1];
unsigned char li_default_is_stmt [1];
unsigned char li_line_base [1];
unsigned char li_line_range [1];
unsigned char li_opcode_base [1];
}
DWARF2_External_LineInfo;
typedef struct
{
unsigned long li_length;
unsigned short li_version;
unsigned int li_prologue_length;
unsigned char li_min_insn_length;
unsigned char li_max_ops_per_insn;
unsigned char li_default_is_stmt;
int li_line_base;
unsigned char li_line_range;
unsigned char li_opcode_base;
}
DWARF2_Internal_LineInfo;
/* Structure found in .debug_pubnames section. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned char pn_length [4];
unsigned char pn_version [2];
unsigned char pn_offset [4];
unsigned char pn_size [4];
}
DWARF2_External_PubNames;
typedef struct
{
unsigned long pn_length;
unsigned short pn_version;
unsigned long pn_offset;
unsigned long pn_size;
}
DWARF2_Internal_PubNames;
/* Structure found in .debug_info section. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned char cu_length [4];
unsigned char cu_version [2];
unsigned char cu_abbrev_offset [4];
unsigned char cu_pointer_size [1];
}
DWARF2_External_CompUnit;
typedef struct
{
unsigned long cu_length;
unsigned short cu_version;
unsigned long cu_abbrev_offset;
unsigned char cu_pointer_size;
}
DWARF2_Internal_CompUnit;
typedef struct
{
unsigned char ar_length [4];
unsigned char ar_version [2];
unsigned char ar_info_offset [4];
unsigned char ar_pointer_size [1];
unsigned char ar_segment_size [1];
}
DWARF2_External_ARange;
typedef struct
{
unsigned long ar_length;
unsigned short ar_version;
unsigned long ar_info_offset;
unsigned char ar_pointer_size;
unsigned char ar_segment_size;
}
DWARF2_Internal_ARange;
/* Tag names and codes. */
enum dwarf_tag
{
DW_TAG_padding = 0x00,
DW_TAG_array_type = 0x01,
DW_TAG_class_type = 0x02,
DW_TAG_entry_point = 0x03,
DW_TAG_enumeration_type = 0x04,
DW_TAG_formal_parameter = 0x05,
DW_TAG_imported_declaration = 0x08,
DW_TAG_label = 0x0a,
DW_TAG_lexical_block = 0x0b,
DW_TAG_member = 0x0d,
DW_TAG_pointer_type = 0x0f,
DW_TAG_reference_type = 0x10,
DW_TAG_compile_unit = 0x11,
DW_TAG_string_type = 0x12,
DW_TAG_structure_type = 0x13,
DW_TAG_subroutine_type = 0x15,
DW_TAG_typedef = 0x16,
DW_TAG_union_type = 0x17,
DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters = 0x18,
DW_TAG_variant = 0x19,
DW_TAG_common_block = 0x1a,
DW_TAG_common_inclusion = 0x1b,
DW_TAG_inheritance = 0x1c,
DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine = 0x1d,
DW_TAG_module = 0x1e,
DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type = 0x1f,
DW_TAG_set_type = 0x20,
DW_TAG_subrange_type = 0x21,
DW_TAG_with_stmt = 0x22,
DW_TAG_access_declaration = 0x23,
DW_TAG_base_type = 0x24,
DW_TAG_catch_block = 0x25,
DW_TAG_const_type = 0x26,
DW_TAG_constant = 0x27,
DW_TAG_enumerator = 0x28,
DW_TAG_file_type = 0x29,
DW_TAG_friend = 0x2a,
DW_TAG_namelist = 0x2b,
DW_TAG_namelist_item = 0x2c,
DW_TAG_packed_type = 0x2d,
DW_TAG_subprogram = 0x2e,
DW_TAG_template_type_param = 0x2f,
DW_TAG_template_value_param = 0x30,
DW_TAG_thrown_type = 0x31,
DW_TAG_try_block = 0x32,
DW_TAG_variant_part = 0x33,
DW_TAG_variable = 0x34,
DW_TAG_volatile_type = 0x35,
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure = 0x36,
DW_TAG_restrict_type = 0x37,
DW_TAG_interface_type = 0x38,
DW_TAG_namespace = 0x39,
DW_TAG_imported_module = 0x3a,
DW_TAG_unspecified_type = 0x3b,
DW_TAG_partial_unit = 0x3c,
DW_TAG_imported_unit = 0x3d,
DW_TAG_condition = 0x3f,
DW_TAG_shared_type = 0x40,
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_TAG_type_unit = 0x41,
DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type = 0x42,
DW_TAG_template_alias = 0x43,
DW_TAG_lo_user = 0x4080,
DW_TAG_hi_user = 0xffff,
/* SGI/MIPS Extensions. */
DW_TAG_MIPS_loop = 0x4081,
/* HP extensions. See: ftp://ftp.hp.com/pub/lang/tools/WDB/wdb-4.0.tar.gz . */
DW_TAG_HP_array_descriptor = 0x4090,
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_TAG_format_label = 0x4101, /* For FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90. */
DW_TAG_function_template = 0x4102, /* For C++. */
DW_TAG_class_template = 0x4103, /* For C++. */
DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL = 0x4104,
DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL = 0x4105,
/* Template template parameter.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf . */
DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param = 0x4106,
/* Template parameter pack extension, specified at
http://wiki.dwarfstd.org/index.php?title=C%2B%2B0x:_Variadic_templates
The values of these two TAGS are in the DW_TAG_GNU_* space until the tags
are properly part of DWARF 5. */
DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack = 0x4107,
DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack = 0x4108,
/* Extensions for UPC. See: http://upc.gwu.edu/~upc. */
DW_TAG_upc_shared_type = 0x8765,
DW_TAG_upc_strict_type = 0x8766,
DW_TAG_upc_relaxed_type = 0x8767,
/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. No documentation available. */
DW_TAG_PGI_kanji_type = 0xA000,
DW_TAG_PGI_interface_block = 0xA020
};
/* Flag that tells whether entry has a child or not. */
#define DW_children_no 0
#define DW_children_yes 1
/* Form names and codes. */
enum dwarf_form
{
DW_FORM_addr = 0x01,
DW_FORM_block2 = 0x03,
DW_FORM_block4 = 0x04,
DW_FORM_data2 = 0x05,
DW_FORM_data4 = 0x06,
DW_FORM_data8 = 0x07,
DW_FORM_string = 0x08,
DW_FORM_block = 0x09,
DW_FORM_block1 = 0x0a,
DW_FORM_data1 = 0x0b,
DW_FORM_flag = 0x0c,
DW_FORM_sdata = 0x0d,
DW_FORM_strp = 0x0e,
DW_FORM_udata = 0x0f,
DW_FORM_ref_addr = 0x10,
DW_FORM_ref1 = 0x11,
DW_FORM_ref2 = 0x12,
DW_FORM_ref4 = 0x13,
DW_FORM_ref8 = 0x14,
DW_FORM_ref_udata = 0x15,
DW_FORM_indirect = 0x16,
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_FORM_sec_offset = 0x17,
DW_FORM_exprloc = 0x18,
DW_FORM_flag_present = 0x19,
DW_FORM_ref_sig8 = 0x20
#define DW_FORM_sig8 DW_FORM_ref_sig8 /* Note: The use of DW_FORM_sig8 is deprecated. */
};
/* Attribute names and codes. */
enum dwarf_attribute
{
DW_AT_sibling = 0x01,
DW_AT_location = 0x02,
DW_AT_name = 0x03,
DW_AT_ordering = 0x09,
DW_AT_subscr_data = 0x0a,
DW_AT_byte_size = 0x0b,
DW_AT_bit_offset = 0x0c,
DW_AT_bit_size = 0x0d,
DW_AT_element_list = 0x0f,
DW_AT_stmt_list = 0x10,
DW_AT_low_pc = 0x11,
DW_AT_high_pc = 0x12,
DW_AT_language = 0x13,
DW_AT_member = 0x14,
DW_AT_discr = 0x15,
DW_AT_discr_value = 0x16,
DW_AT_visibility = 0x17,
DW_AT_import = 0x18,
DW_AT_string_length = 0x19,
DW_AT_common_reference = 0x1a,
DW_AT_comp_dir = 0x1b,
DW_AT_const_value = 0x1c,
DW_AT_containing_type = 0x1d,
DW_AT_default_value = 0x1e,
DW_AT_inline = 0x20,
DW_AT_is_optional = 0x21,
DW_AT_lower_bound = 0x22,
DW_AT_producer = 0x25,
DW_AT_prototyped = 0x27,
DW_AT_return_addr = 0x2a,
DW_AT_start_scope = 0x2c,
DW_AT_bit_stride = 0x2e,
#define DW_AT_stride_size DW_AT_bit_stride /* Note: The use of DW_AT_stride_size is deprecated. */
DW_AT_upper_bound = 0x2f,
DW_AT_abstract_origin = 0x31,
DW_AT_accessibility = 0x32,
DW_AT_address_class = 0x33,
DW_AT_artificial = 0x34,
DW_AT_base_types = 0x35,
DW_AT_calling_convention = 0x36,
DW_AT_count = 0x37,
DW_AT_data_member_location = 0x38,
DW_AT_decl_column = 0x39,
DW_AT_decl_file = 0x3a,
DW_AT_decl_line = 0x3b,
DW_AT_declaration = 0x3c,
DW_AT_discr_list = 0x3d,
DW_AT_encoding = 0x3e,
DW_AT_external = 0x3f,
DW_AT_frame_base = 0x40,
DW_AT_friend = 0x41,
DW_AT_identifier_case = 0x42,
DW_AT_macro_info = 0x43,
DW_AT_namelist_items = 0x44,
DW_AT_priority = 0x45,
DW_AT_segment = 0x46,
DW_AT_specification = 0x47,
DW_AT_static_link = 0x48,
DW_AT_type = 0x49,
DW_AT_use_location = 0x4a,
DW_AT_variable_parameter = 0x4b,
DW_AT_virtuality = 0x4c,
DW_AT_vtable_elem_location = 0x4d,
/* DWARF 3 values. */
DW_AT_allocated = 0x4e,
DW_AT_associated = 0x4f,
DW_AT_data_location = 0x50,
DW_AT_byte_stride = 0x51,
#define DW_AT_stride DW_AT_byte_stride /* Note: The use of DW_AT_stride is deprecated. */
DW_AT_entry_pc = 0x52,
DW_AT_use_UTF8 = 0x53,
DW_AT_extension = 0x54,
DW_AT_ranges = 0x55,
DW_AT_trampoline = 0x56,
DW_AT_call_column = 0x57,
DW_AT_call_file = 0x58,
DW_AT_call_line = 0x59,
DW_AT_description = 0x5a,
DW_AT_binary_scale = 0x5b,
DW_AT_decimal_scale = 0x5c,
DW_AT_small = 0x5d,
DW_AT_decimal_sign = 0x5e,
DW_AT_digit_count = 0x5f,
DW_AT_picture_string = 0x60,
DW_AT_mutable = 0x61,
DW_AT_threads_scaled = 0x62,
DW_AT_explicit = 0x63,
DW_AT_object_pointer = 0x64,
DW_AT_endianity = 0x65,
DW_AT_elemental = 0x66,
DW_AT_pure = 0x67,
DW_AT_recursive = 0x68,
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_AT_signature = 0x69,
DW_AT_main_subprogram = 0x6a,
DW_AT_data_bit_offset = 0x6b,
DW_AT_const_expr = 0x6c,
DW_AT_enum_class = 0x6d,
DW_AT_linkage_name = 0x6e,
DW_AT_lo_user = 0x2000, /* Implementation-defined range start. */
DW_AT_hi_user = 0x3ff0, /* Implementation-defined range end. */
/* SGI/MIPS extensions. */
DW_AT_MIPS_fde = 0x2001,
DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin = 0x2002,
DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin = 0x2003,
DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin = 0x2004,
DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor = 0x2005,
DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth = 0x2006,
DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name = 0x2007,
DW_AT_MIPS_stride = 0x2008,
DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name = 0x2009,
DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin = 0x200a,
DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines = 0x200b,
/* HP extensions. */
DW_AT_HP_block_index = 0x2000,
DW_AT_HP_unmodifiable = 0x2001, /* Same as DW_AT_MIPS_fde. */
DW_AT_HP_actuals_stmt_list = 0x2010,
DW_AT_HP_proc_per_section = 0x2011,
DW_AT_HP_raw_data_ptr = 0x2012,
DW_AT_HP_pass_by_reference = 0x2013,
DW_AT_HP_opt_level = 0x2014,
DW_AT_HP_prof_version_id = 0x2015,
DW_AT_HP_opt_flags = 0x2016,
DW_AT_HP_cold_region_low_pc = 0x2017,
DW_AT_HP_cold_region_high_pc = 0x2018,
DW_AT_HP_all_variables_modifiable = 0x2019,
DW_AT_HP_linkage_name = 0x201a,
DW_AT_HP_prof_flags = 0x201b, /* In comp unit of procs_info for -g. */
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_AT_sf_names = 0x2101,
DW_AT_src_info = 0x2102,
DW_AT_mac_info = 0x2103,
DW_AT_src_coords = 0x2104,
DW_AT_body_begin = 0x2105,
DW_AT_body_end = 0x2106,
DW_AT_GNU_vector = 0x2107,
/* Thread-safety annotations.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/ThreadSafetyAnnotation . */
DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by = 0x2108,
DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by = 0x2109,
DW_AT_GNU_guarded = 0x210a,
DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded = 0x210b,
DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded = 0x210c,
DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required = 0x210d,
DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required = 0x210e,
/* One-definition rule violation detection.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DwarfSeparateTypeInfo . */
DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature = 0x210f,
/* Template template argument name.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf . */
DW_AT_GNU_template_name = 0x2110,
/* VMS extensions. */
DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address = 0x2201,
/* GNAT extensions. */
/* GNAT descriptive type.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type . */
DW_AT_use_GNAT_descriptive_type = 0x2301,
DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type = 0x2302,
/* UPC extension. */
DW_AT_upc_threads_scaled = 0x3210,
/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. */
DW_AT_PGI_lbase = 0x3a00,
DW_AT_PGI_soffset = 0x3a01,
DW_AT_PGI_lstride = 0x3a02
};
/* Location atom names and codes. */
enum dwarf_location_atom
{
DW_OP_addr = 0x03,
DW_OP_deref = 0x06,
DW_OP_const1u = 0x08,
DW_OP_const1s = 0x09,
DW_OP_const2u = 0x0a,
DW_OP_const2s = 0x0b,
DW_OP_const4u = 0x0c,
DW_OP_const4s = 0x0d,
DW_OP_const8u = 0x0e,
DW_OP_const8s = 0x0f,
DW_OP_constu = 0x10,
DW_OP_consts = 0x11,
DW_OP_dup = 0x12,
DW_OP_drop = 0x13,
DW_OP_over = 0x14,
DW_OP_pick = 0x15,
DW_OP_swap = 0x16,
DW_OP_rot = 0x17,
DW_OP_xderef = 0x18,
DW_OP_abs = 0x19,
DW_OP_and = 0x1a,
DW_OP_div = 0x1b,
DW_OP_minus = 0x1c,
DW_OP_mod = 0x1d,
DW_OP_mul = 0x1e,
DW_OP_neg = 0x1f,
DW_OP_not = 0x20,
DW_OP_or = 0x21,
DW_OP_plus = 0x22,
DW_OP_plus_uconst = 0x23,
DW_OP_shl = 0x24,
DW_OP_shr = 0x25,
DW_OP_shra = 0x26,
DW_OP_xor = 0x27,
DW_OP_bra = 0x28,
DW_OP_eq = 0x29,
DW_OP_ge = 0x2a,
DW_OP_gt = 0x2b,
DW_OP_le = 0x2c,
DW_OP_lt = 0x2d,
DW_OP_ne = 0x2e,
DW_OP_skip = 0x2f,
DW_OP_lit0 = 0x30,
DW_OP_lit1 = 0x31,
DW_OP_lit2 = 0x32,
DW_OP_lit3 = 0x33,
DW_OP_lit4 = 0x34,
DW_OP_lit5 = 0x35,
DW_OP_lit6 = 0x36,
DW_OP_lit7 = 0x37,
DW_OP_lit8 = 0x38,
DW_OP_lit9 = 0x39,
DW_OP_lit10 = 0x3a,
DW_OP_lit11 = 0x3b,
DW_OP_lit12 = 0x3c,
DW_OP_lit13 = 0x3d,
DW_OP_lit14 = 0x3e,
DW_OP_lit15 = 0x3f,
DW_OP_lit16 = 0x40,
DW_OP_lit17 = 0x41,
DW_OP_lit18 = 0x42,
DW_OP_lit19 = 0x43,
DW_OP_lit20 = 0x44,
DW_OP_lit21 = 0x45,
DW_OP_lit22 = 0x46,
DW_OP_lit23 = 0x47,
DW_OP_lit24 = 0x48,
DW_OP_lit25 = 0x49,
DW_OP_lit26 = 0x4a,
DW_OP_lit27 = 0x4b,
DW_OP_lit28 = 0x4c,
DW_OP_lit29 = 0x4d,
DW_OP_lit30 = 0x4e,
DW_OP_lit31 = 0x4f,
DW_OP_reg0 = 0x50,
DW_OP_reg1 = 0x51,
DW_OP_reg2 = 0x52,
DW_OP_reg3 = 0x53,
DW_OP_reg4 = 0x54,
DW_OP_reg5 = 0x55,
DW_OP_reg6 = 0x56,
DW_OP_reg7 = 0x57,
DW_OP_reg8 = 0x58,
DW_OP_reg9 = 0x59,
DW_OP_reg10 = 0x5a,
DW_OP_reg11 = 0x5b,
DW_OP_reg12 = 0x5c,
DW_OP_reg13 = 0x5d,
DW_OP_reg14 = 0x5e,
DW_OP_reg15 = 0x5f,
DW_OP_reg16 = 0x60,
DW_OP_reg17 = 0x61,
DW_OP_reg18 = 0x62,
DW_OP_reg19 = 0x63,
DW_OP_reg20 = 0x64,
DW_OP_reg21 = 0x65,
DW_OP_reg22 = 0x66,
DW_OP_reg23 = 0x67,
DW_OP_reg24 = 0x68,
DW_OP_reg25 = 0x69,
DW_OP_reg26 = 0x6a,
DW_OP_reg27 = 0x6b,
DW_OP_reg28 = 0x6c,
DW_OP_reg29 = 0x6d,
DW_OP_reg30 = 0x6e,
DW_OP_reg31 = 0x6f,
DW_OP_breg0 = 0x70,
DW_OP_breg1 = 0x71,
DW_OP_breg2 = 0x72,
DW_OP_breg3 = 0x73,
DW_OP_breg4 = 0x74,
DW_OP_breg5 = 0x75,
DW_OP_breg6 = 0x76,
DW_OP_breg7 = 0x77,
DW_OP_breg8 = 0x78,
DW_OP_breg9 = 0x79,
DW_OP_breg10 = 0x7a,
DW_OP_breg11 = 0x7b,
DW_OP_breg12 = 0x7c,
DW_OP_breg13 = 0x7d,
DW_OP_breg14 = 0x7e,
DW_OP_breg15 = 0x7f,
DW_OP_breg16 = 0x80,
DW_OP_breg17 = 0x81,
DW_OP_breg18 = 0x82,
DW_OP_breg19 = 0x83,
DW_OP_breg20 = 0x84,
DW_OP_breg21 = 0x85,
DW_OP_breg22 = 0x86,
DW_OP_breg23 = 0x87,
DW_OP_breg24 = 0x88,
DW_OP_breg25 = 0x89,
DW_OP_breg26 = 0x8a,
DW_OP_breg27 = 0x8b,
DW_OP_breg28 = 0x8c,
DW_OP_breg29 = 0x8d,
DW_OP_breg30 = 0x8e,
DW_OP_breg31 = 0x8f,
DW_OP_regx = 0x90,
DW_OP_fbreg = 0x91,
DW_OP_bregx = 0x92,
DW_OP_piece = 0x93,
DW_OP_deref_size = 0x94,
DW_OP_xderef_size = 0x95,
DW_OP_nop = 0x96,
/* DWARF 3 extensions. */
DW_OP_push_object_address = 0x97,
DW_OP_call2 = 0x98,
DW_OP_call4 = 0x99,
DW_OP_call_ref = 0x9a,
DW_OP_form_tls_address = 0x9b,
DW_OP_call_frame_cfa = 0x9c,
DW_OP_bit_piece = 0x9d,
/* DWARF 4 extensions. */
DW_OP_implicit_value = 0x9e,
DW_OP_stack_value = 0x9f,
DW_OP_lo_user = 0xe0, /* Implementation-defined range start. */
DW_OP_hi_user = 0xff, /* Implementation-defined range end. */
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address = 0xe0,
/* The following is for marking variables that are uninitialized. */
DW_OP_GNU_uninit = 0xf0,
DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr = 0xf1,
/* HP extensions. */
DW_OP_HP_unknown = 0xe0, /* Ouch, the same as GNU_push_tls_address. */
DW_OP_HP_is_value = 0xe1,
DW_OP_HP_fltconst4 = 0xe2,
DW_OP_HP_fltconst8 = 0xe3,
DW_OP_HP_mod_range = 0xe4,
DW_OP_HP_unmod_range = 0xe5,
DW_OP_HP_tls = 0xe6,
/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. */
DW_OP_PGI_omp_thread_num = 0xf8
};
/* Type encodings. */
enum dwarf_type
{
DW_ATE_void = 0x0,
DW_ATE_address = 0x1,
DW_ATE_boolean = 0x2,
DW_ATE_complex_float = 0x3,
DW_ATE_float = 0x4,
DW_ATE_signed = 0x5,
DW_ATE_signed_char = 0x6,
DW_ATE_unsigned = 0x7,
DW_ATE_unsigned_char = 0x8,
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_ATE_imaginary_float = 0x9,
DW_ATE_packed_decimal = 0xa,
DW_ATE_numeric_string = 0xb,
DW_ATE_edited = 0xc,
DW_ATE_signed_fixed = 0xd,
DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed = 0xe,
DW_ATE_decimal_float = 0xf,
DW_ATE_lo_user = 0x80,
DW_ATE_hi_user = 0xff,
/* HP extensions. */
DW_ATE_HP_float80 = 0x80, /* Floating-point (80 bit). */
DW_ATE_HP_complex_float80 = 0x81, /* Complex floating-point (80 bit). */
DW_ATE_HP_float128 = 0x82, /* Floating-point (128 bit). */
DW_ATE_HP_complex_float128 = 0x83, /* Complex floating-point (128 bit). */
DW_ATE_HP_floathpintel = 0x84, /* Floating-point (82 bit IA64). */
DW_ATE_HP_imaginary_float80 = 0x85,
DW_ATE_HP_imaginary_float128 = 0x86
};
/* Decimal sign encodings. */
enum dwarf_decimal_sign_encoding
{
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_DS_unsigned = 0x01,
DW_DS_leading_overpunch = 0x02,
DW_DS_trailing_overpunch = 0x03,
DW_DS_leading_separate = 0x04,
DW_DS_trailing_separate = 0x05
};
/* Endianity encodings. */
enum dwarf_endianity_encoding
{
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_END_default = 0x00,
DW_END_big = 0x01,
DW_END_little = 0x02,
DW_END_lo_user = 0x40,
DW_END_hi_user = 0xff
};
/* Array ordering names and codes. */
enum dwarf_array_dim_ordering
{
DW_ORD_row_major = 0,
DW_ORD_col_major = 1
};
/* Access attribute. */
enum dwarf_access_attribute
{
DW_ACCESS_public = 1,
DW_ACCESS_protected = 2,
DW_ACCESS_private = 3
};
/* Visibility. */
enum dwarf_visibility_attribute
{
DW_VIS_local = 1,
DW_VIS_exported = 2,
DW_VIS_qualified = 3
};
/* Virtuality. */
enum dwarf_virtuality_attribute
{
DW_VIRTUALITY_none = 0,
DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual = 1,
DW_VIRTUALITY_pure_virtual = 2
};
/* Case sensitivity. */
enum dwarf_id_case
{
DW_ID_case_sensitive = 0,
DW_ID_up_case = 1,
DW_ID_down_case = 2,
DW_ID_case_insensitive = 3
};
/* Calling convention. */
enum dwarf_calling_convention
{
DW_CC_normal = 0x1,
DW_CC_program = 0x2,
DW_CC_nocall = 0x3,
DW_CC_lo_user = 0x40,
DW_CC_hi_user = 0xff,
DW_CC_GNU_renesas_sh = 0x40,
DW_CC_GNU_borland_fastcall_i386 = 0x41
};
/* Inline attribute. */
enum dwarf_inline_attribute
{
DW_INL_not_inlined = 0,
DW_INL_inlined = 1,
DW_INL_declared_not_inlined = 2,
DW_INL_declared_inlined = 3
};
/* Discriminant lists. */
enum dwarf_discrim_list
{
DW_DSC_label = 0,
DW_DSC_range = 1
};
/* Line number opcodes. */
enum dwarf_line_number_ops
{
DW_LNS_extended_op = 0,
DW_LNS_copy = 1,
DW_LNS_advance_pc = 2,
DW_LNS_advance_line = 3,
DW_LNS_set_file = 4,
DW_LNS_set_column = 5,
DW_LNS_negate_stmt = 6,
DW_LNS_set_basic_block = 7,
DW_LNS_const_add_pc = 8,
DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc = 9,
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_LNS_set_prologue_end = 10,
DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin = 11,
DW_LNS_set_isa = 12
};
/* Line number extended opcodes. */
enum dwarf_line_number_x_ops
{
DW_LNE_end_sequence = 1,
DW_LNE_set_address = 2,
DW_LNE_define_file = 3,
DW_LNE_set_discriminator = 4,
/* HP extensions. */
DW_LNE_HP_negate_is_UV_update = 0x11,
DW_LNE_HP_push_context = 0x12,
DW_LNE_HP_pop_context = 0x13,
DW_LNE_HP_set_file_line_column = 0x14,
DW_LNE_HP_set_routine_name = 0x15,
DW_LNE_HP_set_sequence = 0x16,
DW_LNE_HP_negate_post_semantics = 0x17,
DW_LNE_HP_negate_function_exit = 0x18,
DW_LNE_HP_negate_front_end_logical = 0x19,
DW_LNE_HP_define_proc = 0x20,
DW_LNE_lo_user = 0x80,
DW_LNE_hi_user = 0xff
};
/* Call frame information. */
enum dwarf_call_frame_info
{
DW_CFA_advance_loc = 0x40,
DW_CFA_offset = 0x80,
DW_CFA_restore = 0xc0,
DW_CFA_nop = 0x00,
DW_CFA_set_loc = 0x01,
DW_CFA_advance_loc1 = 0x02,
DW_CFA_advance_loc2 = 0x03,
DW_CFA_advance_loc4 = 0x04,
DW_CFA_offset_extended = 0x05,
DW_CFA_restore_extended = 0x06,
DW_CFA_undefined = 0x07,
DW_CFA_same_value = 0x08,
DW_CFA_register = 0x09,
DW_CFA_remember_state = 0x0a,
DW_CFA_restore_state = 0x0b,
DW_CFA_def_cfa = 0x0c,
DW_CFA_def_cfa_register = 0x0d,
DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset = 0x0e,
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression = 0x0f,
DW_CFA_expression = 0x10,
DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf = 0x11,
DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf = 0x12,
DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf = 0x13,
DW_CFA_val_offset = 0x14,
DW_CFA_val_offset_sf = 0x15,
DW_CFA_val_expression = 0x16,
DW_CFA_lo_user = 0x1c,
DW_CFA_hi_user = 0x3f,
/* SGI/MIPS specific. */
DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8 = 0x1d,
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_CFA_GNU_window_save = 0x2d,
DW_CFA_GNU_args_size = 0x2e,
DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended = 0x2f
};
#define DW_CIE_ID 0xffffffff
#define DW64_CIE_ID 0xffffffffffffffffULL
#define DW_CIE_VERSION 1
#define DW_CFA_extended 0
#define DW_CHILDREN_no 0x00
#define DW_CHILDREN_yes 0x01
#define DW_ADDR_none 0
/* Source language names and codes. */
enum dwarf_source_language
{
DW_LANG_C89 = 0x0001,
DW_LANG_C = 0x0002,
DW_LANG_Ada83 = 0x0003,
DW_LANG_C_plus_plus = 0x0004,
DW_LANG_Cobol74 = 0x0005,
DW_LANG_Cobol85 = 0x0006,
DW_LANG_Fortran77 = 0x0007,
DW_LANG_Fortran90 = 0x0008,
DW_LANG_Pascal83 = 0x0009,
DW_LANG_Modula2 = 0x000a,
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_LANG_Java = 0x000b,
DW_LANG_C99 = 0x000c,
DW_LANG_Ada95 = 0x000d,
DW_LANG_Fortran95 = 0x000e,
DW_LANG_PLI = 0x000f,
DW_LANG_ObjC = 0x0010,
DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus = 0x0011,
DW_LANG_UPC = 0x0012,
DW_LANG_D = 0x0013,
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_LANG_Python = 0x0014,
DW_LANG_lo_user = 0x8000, /* Implementation-defined range start. */
DW_LANG_hi_user = 0xffff, /* Implementation-defined range start. */
/* MIPS. */
DW_LANG_Mips_Assembler = 0x8001,
/* UPC. */
DW_LANG_Upc = 0x8765
};
/* Names and codes for macro information. */
enum dwarf_macinfo_record_type
{
DW_MACINFO_define = 1,
DW_MACINFO_undef = 2,
DW_MACINFO_start_file = 3,
DW_MACINFO_end_file = 4,
DW_MACINFO_vendor_ext = 255
};
/* @@@ For use with GNU frame unwind information. */
#define DW_EH_PE_absptr 0x00
#define DW_EH_PE_omit 0xff
#define DW_EH_PE_uleb128 0x01
#define DW_EH_PE_udata2 0x02
#define DW_EH_PE_udata4 0x03
#define DW_EH_PE_udata8 0x04
#define DW_EH_PE_sleb128 0x09
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata2 0x0A
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata4 0x0B
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata8 0x0C
#define DW_EH_PE_signed 0x08
#define DW_EH_PE_pcrel 0x10
#define DW_EH_PE_textrel 0x20
#define DW_EH_PE_datarel 0x30
#define DW_EH_PE_funcrel 0x40
#define DW_EH_PE_aligned 0x50
#define DW_EH_PE_indirect 0x80
#endif /* _ELF_DWARF2_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* Macros for taking apart, interpreting and processing file names.
These are here because some non-Posix (a.k.a. DOSish) systems have
drive letter brain-damage at the beginning of an absolute file name,
use forward- and back-slash in path names interchangeably, and
some of them have case-insensitive file names.
Copyright 2000, 2001, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef FILENAMES_H
#define FILENAMES_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) || defined (__CYGWIN__)
#ifndef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
#define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM 1
#endif
#define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(c) ((c) == '/' || (c) == '\\')
/* Note that IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH accepts d:foo as well, although it is
only semi-absolute. This is because the users of IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
want to know whether to prepend the current working directory to
a file name, which should not be done with a name like d:foo. */
#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(f) (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR((f)[0]) || (((f)[0]) && ((f)[1] == ':')))
#else /* not DOSish */
#define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(c) ((c) == '/')
#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(f) (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR((f)[0]))
#endif /* not DOSish */
extern int filename_cmp (const char *s1, const char *s2);
#define FILENAME_CMP(s1, s2) filename_cmp(s1, s2)
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* FILENAMES_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
/* Threads compatibility routines for libgcc2 and libobjc. */
/* Compile this one with gcc. */
/* Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2004, 2008, 2009
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef GCC_GTHR_SINGLE_H
#define GCC_GTHR_SINGLE_H
/* Just provide compatibility for mutex handling. */
typedef int __gthread_key_t;
typedef int __gthread_once_t;
typedef int __gthread_mutex_t;
typedef int __gthread_recursive_mutex_t;
#define __GTHREAD_ONCE_INIT 0
#define __GTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT 0
#define __GTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INIT 0
#define UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#ifdef _LIBOBJC
/* Thread local storage for a single thread */
static void *thread_local_storage = NULL;
/* Backend initialization functions */
/* Initialize the threads subsystem. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_init_thread_system (void)
{
/* No thread support available */
return -1;
}
/* Close the threads subsystem. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_close_thread_system (void)
{
/* No thread support available */
return -1;
}
/* Backend thread functions */
/* Create a new thread of execution. */
static inline objc_thread_t
__gthread_objc_thread_detach (void (* func)(void *), void * arg UNUSED)
{
/* No thread support available */
return NULL;
}
/* Set the current thread's priority. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_thread_set_priority (int priority UNUSED)
{
/* No thread support available */
return -1;
}
/* Return the current thread's priority. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_thread_get_priority (void)
{
return OBJC_THREAD_INTERACTIVE_PRIORITY;
}
/* Yield our process time to another thread. */
static inline void
__gthread_objc_thread_yield (void)
{
return;
}
/* Terminate the current thread. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_thread_exit (void)
{
/* No thread support available */
/* Should we really exit the program */
/* exit (&__objc_thread_exit_status); */
return -1;
}
/* Returns an integer value which uniquely describes a thread. */
static inline objc_thread_t
__gthread_objc_thread_id (void)
{
/* No thread support, use 1. */
return (objc_thread_t) 1;
}
/* Sets the thread's local storage pointer. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_thread_set_data (void *value)
{
thread_local_storage = value;
return 0;
}
/* Returns the thread's local storage pointer. */
static inline void *
__gthread_objc_thread_get_data (void)
{
return thread_local_storage;
}
/* Backend mutex functions */
/* Allocate a mutex. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_mutex_allocate (objc_mutex_t mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
/* Deallocate a mutex. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_mutex_deallocate (objc_mutex_t mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
/* Grab a lock on a mutex. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_mutex_lock (objc_mutex_t mutex UNUSED)
{
/* There can only be one thread, so we always get the lock */
return 0;
}
/* Try to grab a lock on a mutex. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_mutex_trylock (objc_mutex_t mutex UNUSED)
{
/* There can only be one thread, so we always get the lock */
return 0;
}
/* Unlock the mutex */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_mutex_unlock (objc_mutex_t mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
/* Backend condition mutex functions */
/* Allocate a condition. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_condition_allocate (objc_condition_t condition UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
/* Deallocate a condition. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_condition_deallocate (objc_condition_t condition UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
/* Wait on the condition */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_condition_wait (objc_condition_t condition UNUSED,
objc_mutex_t mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
/* Wake up all threads waiting on this condition. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_condition_broadcast (objc_condition_t condition UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
/* Wake up one thread waiting on this condition. */
static inline int
__gthread_objc_condition_signal (objc_condition_t condition UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
#else /* _LIBOBJC */
static inline int
__gthread_active_p (void)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_once (__gthread_once_t *__once UNUSED, void (*__func) (void) UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int UNUSED
__gthread_key_create (__gthread_key_t *__key UNUSED, void (*__func) (void *) UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static int UNUSED
__gthread_key_delete (__gthread_key_t __key UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline void *
__gthread_getspecific (__gthread_key_t __key UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_setspecific (__gthread_key_t __key UNUSED, const void *__v UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_destroy (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_lock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_trylock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_unlock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex UNUSED)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_lock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
return __gthread_mutex_lock (__mutex);
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_trylock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
return __gthread_mutex_trylock (__mutex);
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_unlock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
return __gthread_mutex_unlock (__mutex);
}
#endif /* _LIBOBJC */
#undef UNUSED
#endif /* ! GCC_GTHR_SINGLE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/* Threads compatibility routines for libgcc2. */
/* Compile this one with gcc. */
/* Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2004, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef GCC_GTHR_H
#define GCC_GTHR_H
#ifndef HIDE_EXPORTS
#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
#endif
/* If this file is compiled with threads support, it must
#define __GTHREADS 1
to indicate that threads support is present. Also it has define
function
int __gthread_active_p ()
that returns 1 if thread system is active, 0 if not.
The threads interface must define the following types:
__gthread_key_t
__gthread_once_t
__gthread_mutex_t
__gthread_recursive_mutex_t
The threads interface must define the following macros:
__GTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
to initialize __gthread_once_t
__GTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT
to initialize __gthread_mutex_t to get a fast
non-recursive mutex.
__GTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT_FUNCTION
some systems can't initialize a mutex without a
function call. On such systems, define this to a
function which looks like this:
void __GTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT_FUNCTION (__gthread_mutex_t *)
Don't define __GTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT in this case
__GTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INIT
__GTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INIT_FUNCTION
as above, but for a recursive mutex.
The threads interface must define the following static functions:
int __gthread_once (__gthread_once_t *once, void (*func) ())
int __gthread_key_create (__gthread_key_t *keyp, void (*dtor) (void *))
int __gthread_key_delete (__gthread_key_t key)
void *__gthread_getspecific (__gthread_key_t key)
int __gthread_setspecific (__gthread_key_t key, const void *ptr)
int __gthread_mutex_destroy (__gthread_mutex_t *mutex);
int __gthread_mutex_lock (__gthread_mutex_t *mutex);
int __gthread_mutex_trylock (__gthread_mutex_t *mutex);
int __gthread_mutex_unlock (__gthread_mutex_t *mutex);
int __gthread_recursive_mutex_lock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *mutex);
int __gthread_recursive_mutex_trylock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *mutex);
int __gthread_recursive_mutex_unlock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *mutex);
The following are supported in POSIX threads only. They are required to
fix a deadlock in static initialization inside libsupc++. The header file
gthr-posix.h defines a symbol __GTHREAD_HAS_COND to signify that these extra
features are supported.
Types:
__gthread_cond_t
Macros:
__GTHREAD_COND_INIT
__GTHREAD_COND_INIT_FUNCTION
Interface:
int __gthread_cond_broadcast (__gthread_cond_t *cond);
int __gthread_cond_wait (__gthread_cond_t *cond, __gthread_mutex_t *mutex);
int __gthread_cond_wait_recursive (__gthread_cond_t *cond,
__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *mutex);
All functions returning int should return zero on success or the error
number. If the operation is not supported, -1 is returned.
If the following are also defined, you should
#define __GTHREADS_CXX0X 1
to enable the c++0x thread library.
Types:
__gthread_t
__gthread_time_t
Interface:
int __gthread_create (__gthread_t *thread, void *(*func) (void*),
void *args);
int __gthread_join (__gthread_t thread, void **value_ptr);
int __gthread_detach (__gthread_t thread);
int __gthread_equal (__gthread_t t1, __gthread_t t2);
__gthread_t __gthread_self (void);
int __gthread_yield (void);
int __gthread_mutex_timedlock (__gthread_mutex_t *m,
const __gthread_time_t *abs_timeout);
int __gthread_recursive_mutex_timedlock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *m,
const __gthread_time_t *abs_time);
int __gthread_cond_signal (__gthread_cond_t *cond);
int __gthread_cond_timedwait (__gthread_cond_t *cond,
__gthread_mutex_t *mutex,
const __gthread_time_t *abs_timeout);
int __gthread_cond_timedwait_recursive (__gthread_cond_t *cond,
__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *mutex,
const __gthread_time_t *abs_time)
Currently supported threads packages are
TPF threads with -D__tpf__
POSIX/Unix98 threads with -D_PTHREADS
POSIX/Unix95 threads with -D_PTHREADS95
DCE threads with -D_DCE_THREADS
Solaris/UI threads with -D_SOLARIS_THREADS
*/
/* Check first for thread specific defines. */
#if defined (__tpf__)
#include "gthr-tpf.h"
#elif _PTHREADS
#include "gthr-posix.h"
#elif _PTHREADS95
#include "gthr-posix95.h"
#elif _DCE_THREADS
#include "gthr-dce.h"
#elif _SOLARIS_THREADS
#include "gthr-solaris.h"
/* Include GTHREAD_FILE if one is defined. */
#elif defined(HAVE_GTHR_DEFAULT)
#if SUPPORTS_WEAK
#ifndef GTHREAD_USE_WEAK
#define GTHREAD_USE_WEAK 1
#endif
#endif
#include "gthr-default.h"
/* Fallback to single thread definitions. */
#else
#include "gthr-single.h"
#endif
#ifndef HIDE_EXPORTS
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#endif
#endif /* ! GCC_GTHR_H */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
#ifndef GCC_TCONFIG_H
#define GCC_TCONFIG_H
#ifndef USED_FOR_TARGET
# define USED_FOR_TARGET
#endif
#include "auto-host.h"
#ifdef IN_GCC
# include "ansidecl.h"
# include "xm-mingw32.h"
#endif
#endif /* GCC_TCONFIG_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
#ifndef GCC_TM_H
#define GCC_TM_H
#ifdef IN_GCC
# include "options.h"
# include "config/vxworks-dummy.h"
# include "config/i386/i386.h"
# include "config/i386/unix.h"
# include "config/i386/bsd.h"
# include "config/i386/gas.h"
# include "config/dbxcoff.h"
# include "config/i386/cygming.h"
# include "config/i386/mingw32.h"
# include "config/i386/mingw-stdint.h"
# include "config/tm-dwarf2.h"
# include "defaults.h"
#endif
#if defined IN_GCC && !defined GENERATOR_FILE && !defined USED_FOR_TARGET
# include "insn-constants.h"
# include "insn-flags.h"
#endif
#endif /* GCC_TM_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/* Get common system includes and various definitions and declarations
based on target macros.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef GCC_TSYSTEM_H
#define GCC_TSYSTEM_H
/* System headers (e.g. stdio.h, stdlib.h, unistd.h) sometimes
indirectly include getopt.h. Our -I flags will cause gcc's gnu
getopt.h to be included, not the platform's copy. In the default
case, gnu getopt.h will provide us with a no-argument prototype
which will generate -Wstrict-prototypes warnings. None of the
target files actually use getopt, so it is safe to tell gnu
getopt.h we never need this prototype. */
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETOPT
#define HAVE_DECL_GETOPT 1
#endif
/* We want everything from the glibc headers. */
#define _GNU_SOURCE 1
/* GCC supplies these headers. */
#include <stddef.h>
#include <float.h>
#ifdef inhibit_libc
#ifndef malloc
extern void *malloc (size_t);
#endif
#ifndef free
extern void free (void *);
#endif
#ifndef atexit
extern int atexit (void (*)(void));
#endif
#ifndef abort
extern void abort (void) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));
#endif
#ifndef strlen
extern size_t strlen (const char *);
#endif
#ifndef memcpy
extern void *memcpy (void *, const void *, size_t);
#endif
#ifndef memset
extern void *memset (void *, int, size_t);
#endif
#else /* ! inhibit_libc */
/* We disable this when inhibit_libc, so that gcc can still be built without
needing header files first. */
/* ??? This is not a good solution, since prototypes may be required in
some cases for correct code. */
/* GCC supplies this header. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* All systems have this header. */
#include <stdio.h>
/* All systems have this header. */
#include <sys/types.h>
/* All systems have this header. */
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
/* If these system headers do not exist, fixincludes must create them. */
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* GCC supplies this header. */
#include <limits.h>
/* If these system headers do not exist, fixincludes must create them. */
#include <time.h>
#endif /* inhibit_libc */
/* Define a generic NULL if one hasn't already been defined. */
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
/* GCC always provides __builtin_alloca(x). */
#undef alloca
#define alloca(x) __builtin_alloca(x)
#ifdef ENABLE_RUNTIME_CHECKING
#define gcc_assert(EXPR) ((void)(!(EXPR) ? abort (), 0 : 0))
#else
/* Include EXPR, so that unused variable warnings do not occur. */
#define gcc_assert(EXPR) ((void)(0 && (EXPR)))
#endif
/* Use gcc_unreachable() to mark unreachable locations (like an
unreachable default case of a switch. Do not use gcc_assert(0). */
#define gcc_unreachable() (abort ())
/* Filename handling macros. */
#include "filenames.h"
#endif /* ! GCC_TSYSTEM_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
/* Supporting functions for C exception handling.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Aldy Hernandez <aldy@quesejoda.com>.
Shamelessly stolen from the Java front end.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include "tconfig.h"
#include "tsystem.h"
#include "unwind.h"
#define NO_SIZE_OF_ENCODED_VALUE
#include "unwind-pe.h"
typedef struct
{
_Unwind_Ptr Start;
_Unwind_Ptr LPStart;
_Unwind_Ptr ttype_base;
const unsigned char *TType;
const unsigned char *action_table;
unsigned char ttype_encoding;
unsigned char call_site_encoding;
} lsda_header_info;
static const unsigned char *
parse_lsda_header (struct _Unwind_Context *context, const unsigned char *p,
lsda_header_info *info)
{
_uleb128_t tmp;
unsigned char lpstart_encoding;
info->Start = (context ? _Unwind_GetRegionStart (context) : 0);
/* Find @LPStart, the base to which landing pad offsets are relative. */
lpstart_encoding = *p++;
if (lpstart_encoding != DW_EH_PE_omit)
p = read_encoded_value (context, lpstart_encoding, p, &info->LPStart);
else
info->LPStart = info->Start;
/* Find @TType, the base of the handler and exception spec type data. */
info->ttype_encoding = *p++;
if (info->ttype_encoding != DW_EH_PE_omit)
{
p = read_uleb128 (p, &tmp);
info->TType = p + tmp;
}
else
info->TType = 0;
/* The encoding and length of the call-site table; the action table
immediately follows. */
info->call_site_encoding = *p++;
p = read_uleb128 (p, &tmp);
info->action_table = p + tmp;
return p;
}
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
/* ARM EABI personality routines must also unwind the stack. */
#define CONTINUE_UNWINDING \
do \
{ \
if (__gnu_unwind_frame (ue_header, context) != _URC_OK) \
return _URC_FAILURE; \
return _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND; \
} \
while (0)
#else
#define CONTINUE_UNWINDING return _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND
#endif
#ifdef __USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS__
#define PERSONALITY_FUNCTION __gcc_personality_sj0
#define __builtin_eh_return_data_regno(x) x
#else
#define PERSONALITY_FUNCTION __gcc_personality_v0
#endif
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
_Unwind_Reason_Code
PERSONALITY_FUNCTION (_Unwind_State, struct _Unwind_Exception *,
struct _Unwind_Context *);
_Unwind_Reason_Code
PERSONALITY_FUNCTION (_Unwind_State state,
struct _Unwind_Exception * ue_header,
struct _Unwind_Context * context)
#else
_Unwind_Reason_Code
PERSONALITY_FUNCTION (int, _Unwind_Action, _Unwind_Exception_Class,
struct _Unwind_Exception *, struct _Unwind_Context *);
_Unwind_Reason_Code
PERSONALITY_FUNCTION (int version,
_Unwind_Action actions,
_Unwind_Exception_Class exception_class ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
struct _Unwind_Exception *ue_header,
struct _Unwind_Context *context)
#endif
{
lsda_header_info info;
const unsigned char *language_specific_data, *p;
_Unwind_Ptr landing_pad, ip;
int ip_before_insn = 0;
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
if ((state & _US_ACTION_MASK) != _US_UNWIND_FRAME_STARTING)
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
/* The dwarf unwinder assumes the context structure holds things like the
function and LSDA pointers. The ARM implementation caches these in
the exception header (UCB). To avoid rewriting everything we make the
virtual IP register point at the UCB. */
ip = (_Unwind_Ptr) ue_header;
_Unwind_SetGR (context, 12, ip);
#else
if (version != 1)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR;
/* Currently we only support cleanups for C. */
if ((actions & _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE) == 0)
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
#endif
language_specific_data = (const unsigned char *)
_Unwind_GetLanguageSpecificData (context);
/* If no LSDA, then there are no handlers or cleanups. */
if (! language_specific_data)
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
/* Parse the LSDA header. */
p = parse_lsda_header (context, language_specific_data, &info);
#ifdef HAVE_GETIPINFO
ip = _Unwind_GetIPInfo (context, &ip_before_insn);
#else
ip = _Unwind_GetIP (context);
#endif
if (! ip_before_insn)
--ip;
landing_pad = 0;
#ifdef __USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS__
/* The given "IP" is an index into the call-site table, with two
exceptions -- -1 means no-action, and 0 means terminate. But
since we're using uleb128 values, we've not got random access
to the array. */
if ((int) ip <= 0)
return _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND;
else
{
_uleb128_t cs_lp, cs_action;
do
{
p = read_uleb128 (p, &cs_lp);
p = read_uleb128 (p, &cs_action);
}
while (--ip);
/* Can never have null landing pad for sjlj -- that would have
been indicated by a -1 call site index. */
landing_pad = (_Unwind_Ptr)cs_lp + 1;
goto found_something;
}
#else
/* Search the call-site table for the action associated with this IP. */
while (p < info.action_table)
{
_Unwind_Ptr cs_start, cs_len, cs_lp;
_uleb128_t cs_action;
/* Note that all call-site encodings are "absolute" displacements. */
p = read_encoded_value (0, info.call_site_encoding, p, &cs_start);
p = read_encoded_value (0, info.call_site_encoding, p, &cs_len);
p = read_encoded_value (0, info.call_site_encoding, p, &cs_lp);
p = read_uleb128 (p, &cs_action);
/* The table is sorted, so if we've passed the ip, stop. */
if (ip < info.Start + cs_start)
p = info.action_table;
else if (ip < info.Start + cs_start + cs_len)
{
if (cs_lp)
landing_pad = info.LPStart + cs_lp;
goto found_something;
}
}
#endif
/* IP is not in table. No associated cleanups. */
/* ??? This is where C++ calls std::terminate to catch throw
from a destructor. */
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
found_something:
if (landing_pad == 0)
{
/* IP is present, but has a null landing pad.
No handler to be run. */
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
}
_Unwind_SetGR (context, __builtin_eh_return_data_regno (0),
(_Unwind_Ptr) ue_header);
_Unwind_SetGR (context, __builtin_eh_return_data_regno (1), 0);
_Unwind_SetIP (context, landing_pad);
return _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT;
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
/* Subroutines needed for unwinding stack frames for exception handling. */
/* Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2009
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Jason Merrill <jason@cygnus.com>.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef GCC_UNWIND_DW2_FDE_H
#define GCC_UNWIND_DW2_FDE_H
#ifndef HIDE_EXPORTS
#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
#endif
struct fde_vector
{
const void *orig_data;
size_t count;
const struct dwarf_fde *array[];
};
struct object
{
void *pc_begin;
void *tbase;
void *dbase;
union {
const struct dwarf_fde *single;
struct dwarf_fde **array;
struct fde_vector *sort;
} u;
union {
struct {
unsigned long sorted : 1;
unsigned long from_array : 1;
unsigned long mixed_encoding : 1;
unsigned long encoding : 8;
/* ??? Wish there was an easy way to detect a 64-bit host here;
we've got 32 bits left to play with... */
unsigned long count : 21;
} b;
size_t i;
} s;
#ifdef DWARF2_OBJECT_END_PTR_EXTENSION
char *fde_end;
#endif
struct object *next;
};
/* This is the original definition of struct object. While the struct
itself was opaque to users, they did know how large it was, and
allocate one statically in crtbegin for each DSO. Keep this around
so that we're aware of the static size limitations for the new struct. */
struct old_object
{
void *pc_begin;
void *pc_end;
struct dwarf_fde *fde_begin;
struct dwarf_fde **fde_array;
size_t count;
struct old_object *next;
};
struct dwarf_eh_bases
{
void *tbase;
void *dbase;
void *func;
};
extern void __register_frame_info_bases (const void *, struct object *,
void *, void *);
extern void __register_frame_info (const void *, struct object *);
extern void __register_frame (void *);
extern void __register_frame_info_table_bases (void *, struct object *,
void *, void *);
extern void __register_frame_info_table (void *, struct object *);
extern void __register_frame_table (void *);
extern void *__deregister_frame_info (const void *);
extern void *__deregister_frame_info_bases (const void *);
extern void __deregister_frame (void *);
typedef int sword __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
typedef unsigned int uword __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
typedef unsigned int uaddr __attribute__ ((mode (pointer)));
typedef int saddr __attribute__ ((mode (pointer)));
typedef unsigned char ubyte;
/* Terminology:
CIE - Common Information Element
FDE - Frame Descriptor Element
There is one per function, and it describes where the function code
is located, and what the register lifetimes and stack layout are
within the function.
The data structures are defined in the DWARF specification, although
not in a very readable way (see LITERATURE).
Every time an exception is thrown, the code needs to locate the FDE
for the current function, and starts to look for exception regions
from that FDE. This works in a two-level search:
a) in a linear search, find the shared image (i.e. DLL) containing
the PC
b) using the FDE table for that shared object, locate the FDE using
binary search (which requires the sorting). */
/* The first few fields of a CIE. The CIE_id field is 0 for a CIE,
to distinguish it from a valid FDE. FDEs are aligned to an addressing
unit boundary, but the fields within are unaligned. */
struct dwarf_cie
{
uword length;
sword CIE_id;
ubyte version;
unsigned char augmentation[];
} __attribute__ ((packed, aligned (__alignof__ (void *))));
/* The first few fields of an FDE. */
struct dwarf_fde
{
uword length;
sword CIE_delta;
unsigned char pc_begin[];
} __attribute__ ((packed, aligned (__alignof__ (void *))));
typedef struct dwarf_fde fde;
/* Locate the CIE for a given FDE. */
static inline const struct dwarf_cie *
get_cie (const struct dwarf_fde *f)
{
return (const void *)&f->CIE_delta - f->CIE_delta;
}
static inline const fde *
next_fde (const fde *f)
{
return (const fde *) ((const char *) f + f->length + sizeof (f->length));
}
extern const fde * _Unwind_Find_FDE (void *, struct dwarf_eh_bases *);
static inline int
last_fde (struct object *obj __attribute__ ((__unused__)), const fde *f)
{
#ifdef DWARF2_OBJECT_END_PTR_EXTENSION
return (char *)f == obj->fde_end || f->length == 0;
#else
return f->length == 0;
#endif
}
#ifndef HIDE_EXPORTS
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#endif
#endif /* unwind-dw2-fde.h */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/* DWARF2 frame unwind data structure.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2009
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* A target can override (perhaps for backward compatibility) how
many dwarf2 columns are unwound. */
#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
#define DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
#endif
/* The result of interpreting the frame unwind info for a frame.
This is all symbolic at this point, as none of the values can
be resolved until the target pc is located. */
typedef struct
{
/* Each register save state can be described in terms of a CFA slot,
another register, or a location expression. */
struct frame_state_reg_info
{
struct {
union {
_Unwind_Word reg;
_Unwind_Sword offset;
const unsigned char *exp;
} loc;
enum {
REG_UNSAVED,
REG_SAVED_OFFSET,
REG_SAVED_REG,
REG_SAVED_EXP,
REG_SAVED_VAL_OFFSET,
REG_SAVED_VAL_EXP,
REG_UNDEFINED
} how;
} reg[DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS+1];
/* Used to implement DW_CFA_remember_state. */
struct frame_state_reg_info *prev;
/* The CFA can be described in terms of a reg+offset or a
location expression. */
_Unwind_Sword cfa_offset;
_Unwind_Word cfa_reg;
const unsigned char *cfa_exp;
enum {
CFA_UNSET,
CFA_REG_OFFSET,
CFA_EXP
} cfa_how;
} regs;
/* The PC described by the current frame state. */
void *pc;
/* The information we care about from the CIE/FDE. */
_Unwind_Personality_Fn personality;
_Unwind_Sword data_align;
_Unwind_Word code_align;
_Unwind_Word retaddr_column;
unsigned char fde_encoding;
unsigned char lsda_encoding;
unsigned char saw_z;
unsigned char signal_frame;
void *eh_ptr;
} _Unwind_FrameState;

View File

@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
/* Exception handling and frame unwind runtime interface routines.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* @@@ Really this should be out of line, but this also causes link
compatibility problems with the base ABI. This is slightly better
than duplicating code, however. */
#ifndef GCC_UNWIND_PE_H
#define GCC_UNWIND_PE_H
/* If using C++, references to abort have to be qualified with std::. */
#if __cplusplus
#define __gxx_abort std::abort
#else
#define __gxx_abort abort
#endif
/* Pointer encodings, from dwarf2.h. */
#define DW_EH_PE_absptr 0x00
#define DW_EH_PE_omit 0xff
#define DW_EH_PE_uleb128 0x01
#define DW_EH_PE_udata2 0x02
#define DW_EH_PE_udata4 0x03
#define DW_EH_PE_udata8 0x04
#define DW_EH_PE_sleb128 0x09
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata2 0x0A
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata4 0x0B
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata8 0x0C
#define DW_EH_PE_signed 0x08
#define DW_EH_PE_pcrel 0x10
#define DW_EH_PE_textrel 0x20
#define DW_EH_PE_datarel 0x30
#define DW_EH_PE_funcrel 0x40
#define DW_EH_PE_aligned 0x50
#define DW_EH_PE_indirect 0x80
#ifndef NO_SIZE_OF_ENCODED_VALUE
/* Given an encoding, return the number of bytes the format occupies.
This is only defined for fixed-size encodings, and so does not
include leb128. */
static unsigned int
size_of_encoded_value (unsigned char encoding) __attribute__ ((unused));
static unsigned int
size_of_encoded_value (unsigned char encoding)
{
if (encoding == DW_EH_PE_omit)
return 0;
switch (encoding & 0x07)
{
case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
return sizeof (void *);
case DW_EH_PE_udata2:
return 2;
case DW_EH_PE_udata4:
return 4;
case DW_EH_PE_udata8:
return 8;
}
__gxx_abort ();
}
#endif
#ifndef NO_BASE_OF_ENCODED_VALUE
/* Given an encoding and an _Unwind_Context, return the base to which
the encoding is relative. This base may then be passed to
read_encoded_value_with_base for use when the _Unwind_Context is
not available. */
static _Unwind_Ptr
base_of_encoded_value (unsigned char encoding, struct _Unwind_Context *context)
{
if (encoding == DW_EH_PE_omit)
return 0;
switch (encoding & 0x70)
{
case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
case DW_EH_PE_pcrel:
case DW_EH_PE_aligned:
return 0;
case DW_EH_PE_textrel:
return _Unwind_GetTextRelBase (context);
case DW_EH_PE_datarel:
return _Unwind_GetDataRelBase (context);
case DW_EH_PE_funcrel:
return _Unwind_GetRegionStart (context);
}
__gxx_abort ();
}
#endif
/* Read an unsigned leb128 value from P, store the value in VAL, return
P incremented past the value. We assume that a word is large enough to
hold any value so encoded; if it is smaller than a pointer on some target,
pointers should not be leb128 encoded on that target. */
static const unsigned char *
read_uleb128 (const unsigned char *p, _uleb128_t *val)
{
unsigned int shift = 0;
unsigned char byte;
_uleb128_t result;
result = 0;
do
{
byte = *p++;
result |= ((_uleb128_t)byte & 0x7f) << shift;
shift += 7;
}
while (byte & 0x80);
*val = result;
return p;
}
/* Similar, but read a signed leb128 value. */
static const unsigned char *
read_sleb128 (const unsigned char *p, _sleb128_t *val)
{
unsigned int shift = 0;
unsigned char byte;
_uleb128_t result;
result = 0;
do
{
byte = *p++;
result |= ((_uleb128_t)byte & 0x7f) << shift;
shift += 7;
}
while (byte & 0x80);
/* Sign-extend a negative value. */
if (shift < 8 * sizeof(result) && (byte & 0x40) != 0)
result |= -(((_uleb128_t)1L) << shift);
*val = (_sleb128_t) result;
return p;
}
/* Load an encoded value from memory at P. The value is returned in VAL;
The function returns P incremented past the value. BASE is as given
by base_of_encoded_value for this encoding in the appropriate context. */
static const unsigned char *
read_encoded_value_with_base (unsigned char encoding, _Unwind_Ptr base,
const unsigned char *p, _Unwind_Ptr *val)
{
union unaligned
{
void *ptr;
unsigned u2 __attribute__ ((mode (HI)));
unsigned u4 __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
unsigned u8 __attribute__ ((mode (DI)));
signed s2 __attribute__ ((mode (HI)));
signed s4 __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
signed s8 __attribute__ ((mode (DI)));
} __attribute__((__packed__));
const union unaligned *u = (const union unaligned *) p;
_Unwind_Internal_Ptr result;
if (encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
{
_Unwind_Internal_Ptr a = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) p;
a = (a + sizeof (void *) - 1) & - sizeof(void *);
result = *(_Unwind_Internal_Ptr *) a;
p = (const unsigned char *) (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) (a + sizeof (void *));
}
else
{
switch (encoding & 0x0f)
{
case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
result = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) u->ptr;
p += sizeof (void *);
break;
case DW_EH_PE_uleb128:
{
_uleb128_t tmp;
p = read_uleb128 (p, &tmp);
result = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) tmp;
}
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sleb128:
{
_sleb128_t tmp;
p = read_sleb128 (p, &tmp);
result = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) tmp;
}
break;
case DW_EH_PE_udata2:
result = u->u2;
p += 2;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_udata4:
result = u->u4;
p += 4;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_udata8:
result = u->u8;
p += 8;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sdata2:
result = u->s2;
p += 2;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sdata4:
result = u->s4;
p += 4;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sdata8:
result = u->s8;
p += 8;
break;
default:
__gxx_abort ();
}
if (result != 0)
{
result += ((encoding & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_pcrel
? (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) u : base);
if (encoding & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
result = *(_Unwind_Internal_Ptr *) result;
}
}
*val = result;
return p;
}
#ifndef NO_BASE_OF_ENCODED_VALUE
/* Like read_encoded_value_with_base, but get the base from the context
rather than providing it directly. */
static inline const unsigned char *
read_encoded_value (struct _Unwind_Context *context, unsigned char encoding,
const unsigned char *p, _Unwind_Ptr *val)
{
return read_encoded_value_with_base (encoding,
base_of_encoded_value (encoding, context),
p, val);
}
#endif
#endif /* unwind-pe.h */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
/* Exception handling and frame unwind runtime interface routines. -*- C -*-
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This is derived from the C++ ABI for IA-64. Where we diverge
for cross-architecture compatibility are noted with "@@@".
This file is included from unwind-dw2.c, unwind-sjlj.c or
unwind-ia64.c. */
/* Subroutine of _Unwind_RaiseException also invoked from _Unwind_Resume.
Unwind the stack calling the personality routine to find both the
exception handler and intermediary cleanup code. We'll only locate
the first such frame here. Cleanup code will call back into
_Unwind_Resume and we'll continue Phase 2 there. */
static _Unwind_Reason_Code
_Unwind_RaiseException_Phase2(struct _Unwind_Exception *exc,
struct _Unwind_Context *context)
{
_Unwind_Reason_Code code;
while (1)
{
_Unwind_FrameState fs;
int match_handler;
code = uw_frame_state_for (context, &fs);
/* Identify when we've reached the designated handler context. */
match_handler = (uw_identify_context (context) == exc->private_2
? _UA_HANDLER_FRAME : 0);
if (code != _URC_NO_REASON)
/* Some error encountered. Usually the unwinder doesn't
diagnose these and merely crashes. */
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR;
/* Unwind successful. Run the personality routine, if any. */
if (fs.personality)
{
code = (*fs.personality) (1, _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE | match_handler,
exc->exception_class, exc, context);
if (code == _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT)
break;
if (code != _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR;
}
/* Don't let us unwind past the handler context. */
gcc_assert (!match_handler);
uw_update_context (context, &fs);
}
return code;
}
/* Raise an exception, passing along the given exception object. */
_Unwind_Reason_Code LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
_Unwind_RaiseException(struct _Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
struct _Unwind_Context this_context, cur_context;
_Unwind_Reason_Code code;
/* Set up this_context to describe the current stack frame. */
uw_init_context (&this_context);
cur_context = this_context;
/* Phase 1: Search. Unwind the stack, calling the personality routine
with the _UA_SEARCH_PHASE flag set. Do not modify the stack yet. */
while (1)
{
_Unwind_FrameState fs;
/* Set up fs to describe the FDE for the caller of cur_context. The
first time through the loop, that means __cxa_throw. */
code = uw_frame_state_for (&cur_context, &fs);
if (code == _URC_END_OF_STACK)
/* Hit end of stack with no handler found. */
return _URC_END_OF_STACK;
if (code != _URC_NO_REASON)
/* Some error encountered. Usually the unwinder doesn't
diagnose these and merely crashes. */
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR;
/* Unwind successful. Run the personality routine, if any. */
if (fs.personality)
{
code = (*fs.personality) (1, _UA_SEARCH_PHASE, exc->exception_class,
exc, &cur_context);
if (code == _URC_HANDLER_FOUND)
break;
else if (code != _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR;
}
/* Update cur_context to describe the same frame as fs. */
uw_update_context (&cur_context, &fs);
}
/* Indicate to _Unwind_Resume and associated subroutines that this
is not a forced unwind. Further, note where we found a handler. */
exc->private_1 = 0;
exc->private_2 = uw_identify_context (&cur_context);
cur_context = this_context;
code = _Unwind_RaiseException_Phase2 (exc, &cur_context);
if (code != _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT)
return code;
uw_install_context (&this_context, &cur_context);
}
/* Subroutine of _Unwind_ForcedUnwind also invoked from _Unwind_Resume. */
static _Unwind_Reason_Code
_Unwind_ForcedUnwind_Phase2 (struct _Unwind_Exception *exc,
struct _Unwind_Context *context)
{
_Unwind_Stop_Fn stop = (_Unwind_Stop_Fn) (_Unwind_Ptr) exc->private_1;
void *stop_argument = (void *) (_Unwind_Ptr) exc->private_2;
_Unwind_Reason_Code code, stop_code;
while (1)
{
_Unwind_FrameState fs;
int action;
/* Set up fs to describe the FDE for the caller of cur_context. */
code = uw_frame_state_for (context, &fs);
if (code != _URC_NO_REASON && code != _URC_END_OF_STACK)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR;
/* Unwind successful. */
action = _UA_FORCE_UNWIND | _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE;
if (code == _URC_END_OF_STACK)
action |= _UA_END_OF_STACK;
stop_code = (*stop) (1, action, exc->exception_class, exc,
context, stop_argument);
if (stop_code != _URC_NO_REASON)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR;
/* Stop didn't want to do anything. Invoke the personality
handler, if applicable, to run cleanups. */
if (code == _URC_END_OF_STACK)
break;
if (fs.personality)
{
code = (*fs.personality) (1, _UA_FORCE_UNWIND | _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE,
exc->exception_class, exc, context);
if (code == _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT)
break;
if (code != _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR;
}
/* Update cur_context to describe the same frame as fs, and discard
the previous context if necessary. */
uw_advance_context (context, &fs);
}
return code;
}
/* Raise an exception for forced unwinding. */
_Unwind_Reason_Code LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
_Unwind_ForcedUnwind (struct _Unwind_Exception *exc,
_Unwind_Stop_Fn stop, void * stop_argument)
{
struct _Unwind_Context this_context, cur_context;
_Unwind_Reason_Code code;
uw_init_context (&this_context);
cur_context = this_context;
exc->private_1 = (_Unwind_Ptr) stop;
exc->private_2 = (_Unwind_Ptr) stop_argument;
code = _Unwind_ForcedUnwind_Phase2 (exc, &cur_context);
if (code != _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT)
return code;
uw_install_context (&this_context, &cur_context);
}
/* Resume propagation of an existing exception. This is used after
e.g. executing cleanup code, and not to implement rethrowing. */
void LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
_Unwind_Resume (struct _Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
struct _Unwind_Context this_context, cur_context;
_Unwind_Reason_Code code;
uw_init_context (&this_context);
cur_context = this_context;
/* Choose between continuing to process _Unwind_RaiseException
or _Unwind_ForcedUnwind. */
if (exc->private_1 == 0)
code = _Unwind_RaiseException_Phase2 (exc, &cur_context);
else
code = _Unwind_ForcedUnwind_Phase2 (exc, &cur_context);
gcc_assert (code == _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT);
uw_install_context (&this_context, &cur_context);
}
/* Resume propagation of an FORCE_UNWIND exception, or to rethrow
a normal exception that was handled. */
_Unwind_Reason_Code LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
_Unwind_Resume_or_Rethrow (struct _Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
struct _Unwind_Context this_context, cur_context;
_Unwind_Reason_Code code;
/* Choose between continuing to process _Unwind_RaiseException
or _Unwind_ForcedUnwind. */
if (exc->private_1 == 0)
return _Unwind_RaiseException (exc);
uw_init_context (&this_context);
cur_context = this_context;
code = _Unwind_ForcedUnwind_Phase2 (exc, &cur_context);
gcc_assert (code == _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT);
uw_install_context (&this_context, &cur_context);
}
/* A convenience function that calls the exception_cleanup field. */
void
_Unwind_DeleteException (struct _Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
if (exc->exception_cleanup)
(*exc->exception_cleanup) (_URC_FOREIGN_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT, exc);
}
/* Perform stack backtrace through unwind data. */
_Unwind_Reason_Code LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
_Unwind_Backtrace(_Unwind_Trace_Fn trace, void * trace_argument)
{
struct _Unwind_Context context;
_Unwind_Reason_Code code;
uw_init_context (&context);
while (1)
{
_Unwind_FrameState fs;
/* Set up fs to describe the FDE for the caller of context. */
code = uw_frame_state_for (&context, &fs);
if (code != _URC_NO_REASON && code != _URC_END_OF_STACK)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR;
/* Call trace function. */
if ((*trace) (&context, trace_argument) != _URC_NO_REASON)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR;
/* We're done at end of stack. */
if (code == _URC_END_OF_STACK)
break;
/* Update context to describe the same frame as fs. */
uw_update_context (&context, &fs);
}
return code;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* Configuration for GCC for hosting on Windows32.
using GNU tools and the Windows32 API Library.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#define HOST_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX ".exe"
#undef PATH_SEPARATOR
#define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
/* This is the name of the null device on windows. */
#define HOST_BIT_BUCKET "nul"
/* The st_ino field of struct stat is always 0. */
#define HOST_LACKS_INODE_NUMBERS
/* MSVCRT does not support the "ll" format specifier for printing
"long long" values. Instead, we use "I64". */
#define HOST_LONG_LONG_FORMAT "I64"

View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
LIBRARY= libsup++
CC=gcc
CPP=g++
CFLAGS = -U_Win32 -U_WIN32 -U__MINGW32__ -c -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer
LD = ld
AR= ar
STRIP = $(PREFIX)strip
INCLUDES= -I. -I../newlib/include
LIBS:= -ldll -lc.dll
DEFINES= -DIN_GCC -DUSE_EMUTLS=1
SOURCES = gthr_mutex.c \
bad_alloc.cc \
class_type_info.cc \
del_op.cc \
del_opv.cc \
eh_alloc.cc \
eh_aux_runtime.cc \
eh_call.cc \
eh_catch.cc \
eh_exception.cc \
eh_globals.cc \
eh_personality.cc \
eh_term_handler.cc \
eh_terminate.cc \
eh_throw.cc \
eh_type.c \
eh_unex_handler.cc \
guard.cc \
guard_error.cc \
new_handler.cc \
new_op.cc \
new_opnt.cc \
new_opv.cc \
pbase_type_info.cc \
pure.cc \
si_class_type_info.cc \
tinfo.cc \
vmi_class_type_info.cc \
vterminate.cc
OBJECTS = $(patsubst %.cc, %.o, $(patsubst %.c, %.o, $(SOURCES)))
# targets
all:$(LIBRARY).a
$(LIBRARY).a: $(OBJECTS) Makefile
ar cvrs $(LIBRARY).a $(OBJECTS)
mv -f $(LIBRARY).a ../../lib
%.o : %.c Makefile
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
%.o : %.cc Makefile
$(CPP) $(CFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
clean:
-rm -f *.o

View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
// Implementation file for the -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management header.
// Copyright (C) 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "new"
std::bad_alloc::~bad_alloc() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
const char*
std::bad_alloc::what() const _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{
return "std::bad_alloc";
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007,
// 2009 Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "tinfo.h"
namespace __cxxabiv1 {
__class_type_info::
~__class_type_info ()
{}
bool __class_type_info::
__do_catch (const type_info *thr_type,
void **thr_obj,
unsigned outer) const
{
if (*this == *thr_type)
return true;
if (outer >= 4)
// Neither `A' nor `A *'.
return false;
return thr_type->__do_upcast (this, thr_obj);
}
bool __class_type_info::
__do_upcast (const __class_type_info *dst_type,
void **obj_ptr) const
{
__upcast_result result (__vmi_class_type_info::__flags_unknown_mask);
__do_upcast (dst_type, *obj_ptr, result);
if (!contained_public_p (result.part2dst))
return false;
*obj_ptr = const_cast <void *> (result.dst_ptr);
return true;
}
__class_type_info::__sub_kind __class_type_info::
__do_find_public_src (ptrdiff_t,
const void *obj_ptr,
const __class_type_info *,
const void *src_ptr) const
{
if (src_ptr == obj_ptr)
// Must be our type, as the pointers match.
return __contained_public;
return __not_contained;
}
bool __class_type_info::
__do_dyncast (ptrdiff_t,
__sub_kind access_path,
const __class_type_info *dst_type,
const void *obj_ptr,
const __class_type_info *src_type,
const void *src_ptr,
__dyncast_result &__restrict result) const
{
if (obj_ptr == src_ptr && *this == *src_type)
{
// The src object we started from. Indicate how we are accessible from
// the most derived object.
result.whole2src = access_path;
return false;
}
if (*this == *dst_type)
{
result.dst_ptr = obj_ptr;
result.whole2dst = access_path;
result.dst2src = __not_contained;
return false;
}
return false;
}
bool __class_type_info::
__do_upcast (const __class_type_info *dst, const void *obj,
__upcast_result &__restrict result) const
{
if (*this == *dst)
{
result.dst_ptr = obj;
result.base_type = nonvirtual_base_type;
result.part2dst = __contained_public;
return true;
}
return false;
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
// Boilerplate support routines for -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management.
// Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2004, 2007, 2009, 2010, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#if !_GLIBCXX_HOSTED
// A freestanding C runtime may not provide "free" -- but there is no
// other reasonable way to implement "operator delete".
namespace std
{
_GLIBCXX_BEGIN_NAMESPACE_VERSION
extern "C" void free(void*);
_GLIBCXX_END_NAMESPACE_VERSION
} // namespace
#else
# include <cstdlib>
#endif
#include "new"
_GLIBCXX_WEAK_DEFINITION void
operator delete(void* ptr) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{
if (ptr)
std::free(ptr);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
// Boilerplate support routines for -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management.
// Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2004, 2009, 2010, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include "new"
_GLIBCXX_WEAK_DEFINITION void
operator delete[] (void *ptr) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{
::operator delete (ptr);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Allocate exception objects.
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011
// Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
// This is derived from the C++ ABI for IA-64. Where we diverge
// for cross-architecture compatibility are noted with "@@@".
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cstdlib>
#if _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
#include <cstring>
#endif
#include <climits>
#include <exception>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
#include <ext/concurrence.h>
#if _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
using std::free;
using std::malloc;
using std::memset;
#else
// In a freestanding environment, these functions may not be available
// -- but for now, we assume that they are.
extern "C" void *malloc (std::size_t);
extern "C" void free(void *);
extern "C" void *memset (void *, int, std::size_t);
#endif
using namespace __cxxabiv1;
// ??? How to control these parameters.
// Guess from the size of basic types how large a buffer is reasonable.
// Note that the basic c++ exception header has 13 pointers and 2 ints,
// so on a system with PSImode pointers we're talking about 56 bytes
// just for overhead.
#if INT_MAX == 32767
# define EMERGENCY_OBJ_SIZE 128
# define EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT 16
#elif LONG_MAX == 2147483647
# define EMERGENCY_OBJ_SIZE 512
# define EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT 32
#else
# define EMERGENCY_OBJ_SIZE 1024
# define EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT 64
#endif
#ifndef __GTHREADS
# undef EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT
# define EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT 4
#endif
#if INT_MAX == 32767 || EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT <= 32
typedef unsigned int bitmask_type;
#else
typedef unsigned long bitmask_type;
#endif
typedef char one_buffer[EMERGENCY_OBJ_SIZE] __attribute__((aligned));
static one_buffer emergency_buffer[EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT];
static bitmask_type emergency_used;
static __cxa_dependent_exception dependents_buffer[EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT];
static bitmask_type dependents_used;
namespace
{
// A single mutex controlling emergency allocations.
__gnu_cxx::__mutex emergency_mutex;
}
extern "C" void *
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_allocate_exception(std::size_t thrown_size) _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
void *ret;
thrown_size += sizeof (__cxa_refcounted_exception);
ret = malloc (thrown_size);
if (! ret)
{
__gnu_cxx::__scoped_lock sentry(emergency_mutex);
bitmask_type used = emergency_used;
unsigned int which = 0;
if (thrown_size > EMERGENCY_OBJ_SIZE)
goto failed;
while (used & 1)
{
used >>= 1;
if (++which >= EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT)
goto failed;
}
emergency_used |= (bitmask_type)1 << which;
ret = &emergency_buffer[which][0];
failed:;
if (!ret)
std::terminate ();
}
// We have an uncaught exception as soon as we allocate memory. This
// yields uncaught_exception() true during the copy-constructor that
// initializes the exception object. See Issue 475.
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals ();
globals->uncaughtExceptions += 1;
memset (ret, 0, sizeof (__cxa_refcounted_exception));
return (void *)((char *)ret + sizeof (__cxa_refcounted_exception));
}
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_free_exception(void *vptr) _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
char *base = (char *) emergency_buffer;
char *ptr = (char *) vptr;
if (ptr >= base
&& ptr < base + sizeof (emergency_buffer))
{
const unsigned int which
= (unsigned) (ptr - base) / EMERGENCY_OBJ_SIZE;
__gnu_cxx::__scoped_lock sentry(emergency_mutex);
emergency_used &= ~((bitmask_type)1 << which);
}
else
free (ptr - sizeof (__cxa_refcounted_exception));
}
extern "C" __cxa_dependent_exception*
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_allocate_dependent_exception() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
__cxa_dependent_exception *ret;
ret = static_cast<__cxa_dependent_exception*>
(malloc (sizeof (__cxa_dependent_exception)));
if (!ret)
{
__gnu_cxx::__scoped_lock sentry(emergency_mutex);
bitmask_type used = dependents_used;
unsigned int which = 0;
while (used & 1)
{
used >>= 1;
if (++which >= EMERGENCY_OBJ_COUNT)
goto failed;
}
dependents_used |= (bitmask_type)1 << which;
ret = &dependents_buffer[which];
failed:;
if (!ret)
std::terminate ();
}
// We have an uncaught exception as soon as we allocate memory. This
// yields uncaught_exception() true during the copy-constructor that
// initializes the exception object. See Issue 475.
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals ();
globals->uncaughtExceptions += 1;
memset (ret, 0, sizeof (__cxa_dependent_exception));
return ret;
}
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_free_dependent_exception
(__cxa_dependent_exception *vptr) _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
char *base = (char *) dependents_buffer;
char *ptr = (char *) vptr;
if (ptr >= base
&& ptr < base + sizeof (dependents_buffer))
{
const unsigned int which
= (unsigned) (ptr - base) / sizeof (__cxa_dependent_exception);
__gnu_cxx::__scoped_lock sentry(emergency_mutex);
dependents_used &= ~((bitmask_type)1 << which);
}
else
free (vptr);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Common throw conditions.
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2009, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "typeinfo"
#include "exception"
#include <cstdlib>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
#include <bits/exception_defines.h>
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_bad_cast ()
{
#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS
throw std::bad_cast();
#else
std::abort();
#endif
}
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_bad_typeid ()
{
#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS
throw std::bad_typeid();
#else
std::abort();
#endif
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Helpers for calling unextected and terminate
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
// 2011
// Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <bits/exception_defines.h>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
using namespace __cxxabiv1;
#include "unwind-pe.h"
// Helper routine for when the exception handling code needs to call
// terminate.
extern "C" void
__cxa_call_terminate(_Unwind_Exception* ue_header) throw ()
{
if (ue_header)
{
// terminate is classed as a catch handler.
__cxa_begin_catch(ue_header);
// Call the terminate handler that was in effect when we threw this
// exception. */
if (__is_gxx_exception_class(ue_header->exception_class))
{
__cxa_exception* xh;
xh = __get_exception_header_from_ue(ue_header);
__terminate(xh->terminateHandler);
}
}
/* Call the global routine if we don't have anything better. */
std::terminate();
}
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
// The ARM EABI __cxa_call_unexpected has the same semantics as the generic
// routine, but the exception specification has a different format.
extern "C" void
__cxa_call_unexpected(void* exc_obj_in)
{
_Unwind_Exception* exc_obj
= reinterpret_cast<_Unwind_Exception*>(exc_obj_in);
int rtti_count = 0;
_Unwind_Word rtti_stride = 0;
_Unwind_Word* rtti_list = NULL;
_Unwind_Ptr rtti_base = 0;
bool foreign_exception;
std::unexpected_handler unexpectedHandler = NULL;
std::terminate_handler terminateHandler = NULL;
__cxa_exception* xh;
if (__is_gxx_exception_class(exc_obj->exception_class))
{
// Save data from the EO, which may be clobbered by _cxa_begin_catch.
xh = __get_exception_header_from_ue(exc_obj);
unexpectedHandler = xh->unexpectedHandler;
terminateHandler = xh->terminateHandler;
rtti_count = exc_obj->barrier_cache.bitpattern[1];
rtti_base = (_Unwind_Ptr) exc_obj->barrier_cache.bitpattern[2];
rtti_stride = exc_obj->barrier_cache.bitpattern[3];
rtti_list = (_Unwind_Word*) exc_obj->barrier_cache.bitpattern[4];
foreign_exception = false;
}
else
foreign_exception = true;
/* This must be called after extracting data from the EO, but before
calling unexpected(). */
__cxa_begin_catch(exc_obj);
// This function is a handler for our exception argument. If we exit
// by throwing a different exception, we'll need the original cleaned up.
struct end_catch_protect
{
end_catch_protect() { }
~end_catch_protect() { __cxa_end_catch(); }
} end_catch_protect_obj;
__try
{
if (foreign_exception)
std::unexpected();
else
__unexpected(unexpectedHandler);
}
__catch(...)
{
/* See if the new exception matches the rtti list. */
if (foreign_exception)
std::terminate();
// Get the exception thrown from unexpected.
__cxa_eh_globals* globals = __cxa_get_globals_fast();
__cxa_exception* new_xh = globals->caughtExceptions;
void* new_ptr = __get_object_from_ambiguous_exception (new_xh);
const std::type_info* catch_type;
int n;
bool bad_exception_allowed = false;
const std::type_info& bad_exc = typeid(std::bad_exception);
// Check the new exception against the rtti list
for (n = 0; n < rtti_count; n++)
{
_Unwind_Word offset;
offset = (_Unwind_Word) &rtti_list[n * (rtti_stride >> 2)];
offset = _Unwind_decode_typeinfo_ptr(rtti_base, offset);
catch_type = (const std::type_info*) (offset);
if (__cxa_type_match(&new_xh->unwindHeader, catch_type, false,
&new_ptr) != ctm_failed)
__throw_exception_again;
if (catch_type->__do_catch(&bad_exc, 0, 1))
bad_exception_allowed = true;
}
// If the exception spec allows std::bad_exception, throw that.
#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS
if (bad_exception_allowed)
throw std::bad_exception();
#endif
// Otherwise, die.
__terminate(terminateHandler);
}
}
#endif // __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__

View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Exception handling routines for catching.
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <cstdlib>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
using namespace __cxxabiv1;
extern "C" void *
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_get_exception_ptr(void *exc_obj_in) _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
_Unwind_Exception *exceptionObject
= reinterpret_cast <_Unwind_Exception *>(exc_obj_in);
return __gxx_caught_object(exceptionObject);
}
extern "C" void *
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_begin_catch (void *exc_obj_in) _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
_Unwind_Exception *exceptionObject
= reinterpret_cast <_Unwind_Exception *>(exc_obj_in);
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals ();
__cxa_exception *prev = globals->caughtExceptions;
__cxa_exception *header = __get_exception_header_from_ue (exceptionObject);
void* objectp;
// Foreign exceptions can't be stacked here. If the exception stack is
// empty, then fine. Otherwise we really have no choice but to terminate.
// Note that this use of "header" is a lie. It's fine so long as we only
// examine header->unwindHeader though.
if (!__is_gxx_exception_class(header->unwindHeader.exception_class))
{
if (prev != 0)
std::terminate ();
// Remember for end_catch and rethrow.
globals->caughtExceptions = header;
// ??? No sensible value to return; we don't know what the
// object is, much less where it is in relation to the header.
return 0;
}
int count = header->handlerCount;
// Count is less than zero if this exception was rethrown from an
// immediately enclosing region.
if (count < 0)
count = -count + 1;
else
count += 1;
header->handlerCount = count;
globals->uncaughtExceptions -= 1;
if (header != prev)
{
header->nextException = prev;
globals->caughtExceptions = header;
}
objectp = __gxx_caught_object(exceptionObject);
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
_Unwind_Complete(exceptionObject);
#endif
return objectp;
}
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_end_catch ()
{
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals_fast ();
__cxa_exception *header = globals->caughtExceptions;
// A rethrow of a foreign exception will be removed from the
// the exception stack immediately by __cxa_rethrow.
if (!header)
return;
// A foreign exception couldn't have been stacked (see above),
// so by definition processing must be complete.
if (!__is_gxx_exception_class(header->unwindHeader.exception_class))
{
globals->caughtExceptions = 0;
_Unwind_DeleteException (&header->unwindHeader);
return;
}
int count = header->handlerCount;
if (count < 0)
{
// This exception was rethrown. Decrement the (inverted) catch
// count and remove it from the chain when it reaches zero.
if (++count == 0)
globals->caughtExceptions = header->nextException;
}
else if (--count == 0)
{
// Handling for this exception is complete. Destroy the object.
globals->caughtExceptions = header->nextException;
_Unwind_DeleteException (&header->unwindHeader);
return;
}
else if (count < 0)
// A bug in the exception handling library or compiler.
std::terminate ();
header->handlerCount = count;
}
bool
std::uncaught_exception() throw()
{
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals ();
return globals->uncaughtExceptions != 0;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
// -*- C++ -*- std::exception implementation.
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
// 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "typeinfo"
#include "exception"
#include <cxxabi.h>
std::exception::~exception() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
std::bad_exception::~bad_exception() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
abi::__forced_unwind::~__forced_unwind() throw() { }
abi::__foreign_exception::~__foreign_exception() throw() { }
const char*
std::exception::what() const _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{
// NB: Another elegant option would be returning typeid(*this).name()
// and not overriding what() in bad_exception, bad_alloc, etc. In
// that case, however, mangled names would be returned, PR 14493.
return "std::exception";
}
const char*
std::bad_exception::what() const _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{
return "std::bad_exception";
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Manage the thread-local exception globals.
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2011
// Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <exception>
#include <cstdlib>
#include "cxxabi.h"
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
#include "bits/gthr.h"
#if _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
using std::free;
using std::malloc;
#else
// In a freestanding environment, these functions may not be
// available -- but for now, we assume that they are.
extern "C" void *malloc (std::size_t);
extern "C" void free(void *);
#endif
using namespace __cxxabiv1;
#if _GLIBCXX_HAVE_TLS
namespace
{
abi::__cxa_eh_globals*
get_global() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
static __thread abi::__cxa_eh_globals global;
return &global;
}
} // anonymous namespace
extern "C" __cxa_eh_globals*
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_get_globals_fast() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{ return get_global(); }
extern "C" __cxa_eh_globals*
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_get_globals() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{ return get_global(); }
#else
// Single-threaded fallback buffer.
static __cxa_eh_globals eh_globals;
#if __GTHREADS
static void
eh_globals_dtor(void* ptr)
{
if (ptr)
{
__cxa_eh_globals* g = reinterpret_cast<__cxa_eh_globals*>(ptr);
__cxa_exception* exn = g->caughtExceptions;
__cxa_exception* next;
while (exn)
{
next = exn->nextException;
_Unwind_DeleteException(&exn->unwindHeader);
exn = next;
}
free(ptr);
}
}
struct __eh_globals_init
{
__gthread_key_t _M_key;
bool _M_init;
__eh_globals_init() : _M_init(false)
{
if (__gthread_active_p())
_M_init = __gthread_key_create(&_M_key, eh_globals_dtor) == 0;
}
~__eh_globals_init()
{
if (_M_init)
__gthread_key_delete(_M_key);
_M_init = false;
}
};
static __eh_globals_init init;
extern "C" __cxa_eh_globals*
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_get_globals_fast() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
__cxa_eh_globals* g;
if (init._M_init)
g = static_cast<__cxa_eh_globals*>(__gthread_getspecific(init._M_key));
else
g = &eh_globals;
return g;
}
extern "C" __cxa_eh_globals*
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_get_globals() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
__cxa_eh_globals* g;
if (init._M_init)
{
g = static_cast<__cxa_eh_globals*>(__gthread_getspecific(init._M_key));
if (!g)
{
void* v = malloc(sizeof(__cxa_eh_globals));
if (v == 0 || __gthread_setspecific(init._M_key, v) != 0)
std::terminate();
g = static_cast<__cxa_eh_globals*>(v);
g->caughtExceptions = 0;
g->uncaughtExceptions = 0;
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
g->propagatingExceptions = 0;
#endif
}
}
else
g = &eh_globals;
return g;
}
#else
extern "C" __cxa_eh_globals*
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_get_globals_fast() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{ return &eh_globals; }
extern "C" __cxa_eh_globals*
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_get_globals() _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{ return &eh_globals; }
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
// -*- C++ -*- The GNU C++ exception personality routine.
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
// 2011
// Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <bits/exception_defines.h>
#include <cxxabi.h>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
using namespace __cxxabiv1;
#include "unwind-pe.h"
struct lsda_header_info
{
_Unwind_Ptr Start;
_Unwind_Ptr LPStart;
_Unwind_Ptr ttype_base;
const unsigned char *TType;
const unsigned char *action_table;
unsigned char ttype_encoding;
unsigned char call_site_encoding;
};
static const unsigned char *
parse_lsda_header (_Unwind_Context *context, const unsigned char *p,
lsda_header_info *info)
{
_uleb128_t tmp;
unsigned char lpstart_encoding;
info->Start = (context ? _Unwind_GetRegionStart (context) : 0);
// Find @LPStart, the base to which landing pad offsets are relative.
lpstart_encoding = *p++;
if (lpstart_encoding != DW_EH_PE_omit)
p = read_encoded_value (context, lpstart_encoding, p, &info->LPStart);
else
info->LPStart = info->Start;
// Find @TType, the base of the handler and exception spec type data.
info->ttype_encoding = *p++;
if (info->ttype_encoding != DW_EH_PE_omit)
{
#if _GLIBCXX_OVERRIDE_TTYPE_ENCODING
/* Older ARM EABI toolchains set this value incorrectly, so use a
hardcoded OS-specific format. */
info->ttype_encoding = _GLIBCXX_OVERRIDE_TTYPE_ENCODING;
#endif
p = read_uleb128 (p, &tmp);
info->TType = p + tmp;
}
else
info->TType = 0;
// The encoding and length of the call-site table; the action table
// immediately follows.
info->call_site_encoding = *p++;
p = read_uleb128 (p, &tmp);
info->action_table = p + tmp;
return p;
}
// Return an element from a type table.
static const std::type_info*
get_ttype_entry(lsda_header_info* info, _uleb128_t i)
{
_Unwind_Ptr ptr;
i *= size_of_encoded_value (info->ttype_encoding);
read_encoded_value_with_base (info->ttype_encoding, info->ttype_base,
info->TType - i, &ptr);
return reinterpret_cast<const std::type_info *>(ptr);
}
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
// The ABI provides a routine for matching exception object types.
typedef _Unwind_Control_Block _throw_typet;
#define get_adjusted_ptr(catch_type, throw_type, thrown_ptr_p) \
(__cxa_type_match (throw_type, catch_type, false, thrown_ptr_p) \
!= ctm_failed)
// Return true if THROW_TYPE matches one if the filter types.
static bool
check_exception_spec(lsda_header_info* info, _throw_typet* throw_type,
void* thrown_ptr, _sleb128_t filter_value)
{
const _uleb128_t* e = ((const _uleb128_t*) info->TType)
- filter_value - 1;
while (1)
{
const std::type_info* catch_type;
_uleb128_t tmp;
tmp = *e;
// Zero signals the end of the list. If we've not found
// a match by now, then we've failed the specification.
if (tmp == 0)
return false;
tmp = _Unwind_decode_typeinfo_ptr(info->ttype_base, (_Unwind_Word) e);
// Match a ttype entry.
catch_type = reinterpret_cast<const std::type_info*>(tmp);
// ??? There is currently no way to ask the RTTI code about the
// relationship between two types without reference to a specific
// object. There should be; then we wouldn't need to mess with
// thrown_ptr here.
if (get_adjusted_ptr(catch_type, throw_type, &thrown_ptr))
return true;
// Advance to the next entry.
e++;
}
}
// Save stage1 handler information in the exception object
static inline void
save_caught_exception(struct _Unwind_Exception* ue_header,
struct _Unwind_Context* context,
void* thrown_ptr,
int handler_switch_value,
const unsigned char* language_specific_data,
_Unwind_Ptr landing_pad,
const unsigned char* action_record
__attribute__((__unused__)))
{
ue_header->barrier_cache.sp = _Unwind_GetGR(context, UNWIND_STACK_REG);
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[0] = (_uw) thrown_ptr;
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[1]
= (_uw) handler_switch_value;
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[2]
= (_uw) language_specific_data;
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[3] = (_uw) landing_pad;
}
// Restore the catch handler data saved during phase1.
static inline void
restore_caught_exception(struct _Unwind_Exception* ue_header,
int& handler_switch_value,
const unsigned char*& language_specific_data,
_Unwind_Ptr& landing_pad)
{
handler_switch_value = (int) ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[1];
language_specific_data =
(const unsigned char*) ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[2];
landing_pad = (_Unwind_Ptr) ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[3];
}
#define CONTINUE_UNWINDING \
do \
{ \
if (__gnu_unwind_frame(ue_header, context) != _URC_OK) \
return _URC_FAILURE; \
return _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND; \
} \
while (0)
// Return true if the filter spec is empty, ie throw().
static bool
empty_exception_spec (lsda_header_info *info, _Unwind_Sword filter_value)
{
const _Unwind_Word* e = ((const _Unwind_Word*) info->TType)
- filter_value - 1;
return *e == 0;
}
#else
typedef const std::type_info _throw_typet;
// Given the thrown type THROW_TYPE, pointer to a variable containing a
// pointer to the exception object THROWN_PTR_P and a type CATCH_TYPE to
// compare against, return whether or not there is a match and if so,
// update *THROWN_PTR_P.
static bool
get_adjusted_ptr (const std::type_info *catch_type,
const std::type_info *throw_type,
void **thrown_ptr_p)
{
void *thrown_ptr = *thrown_ptr_p;
// Pointer types need to adjust the actual pointer, not
// the pointer to pointer that is the exception object.
// This also has the effect of passing pointer types
// "by value" through the __cxa_begin_catch return value.
if (throw_type->__is_pointer_p ())
thrown_ptr = *(void **) thrown_ptr;
if (catch_type->__do_catch (throw_type, &thrown_ptr, 1))
{
*thrown_ptr_p = thrown_ptr;
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Return true if THROW_TYPE matches one if the filter types.
static bool
check_exception_spec(lsda_header_info* info, _throw_typet* throw_type,
void* thrown_ptr, _sleb128_t filter_value)
{
const unsigned char *e = info->TType - filter_value - 1;
while (1)
{
const std::type_info *catch_type;
_uleb128_t tmp;
e = read_uleb128 (e, &tmp);
// Zero signals the end of the list. If we've not found
// a match by now, then we've failed the specification.
if (tmp == 0)
return false;
// Match a ttype entry.
catch_type = get_ttype_entry (info, tmp);
// ??? There is currently no way to ask the RTTI code about the
// relationship between two types without reference to a specific
// object. There should be; then we wouldn't need to mess with
// thrown_ptr here.
if (get_adjusted_ptr (catch_type, throw_type, &thrown_ptr))
return true;
}
}
// Save stage1 handler information in the exception object
static inline void
save_caught_exception(struct _Unwind_Exception* ue_header,
struct _Unwind_Context* context
__attribute__((__unused__)),
void* thrown_ptr,
int handler_switch_value,
const unsigned char* language_specific_data,
_Unwind_Ptr landing_pad __attribute__((__unused__)),
const unsigned char* action_record)
{
__cxa_exception* xh = __get_exception_header_from_ue(ue_header);
xh->handlerSwitchValue = handler_switch_value;
xh->actionRecord = action_record;
xh->languageSpecificData = language_specific_data;
xh->adjustedPtr = thrown_ptr;
// ??? Completely unknown what this field is supposed to be for.
// ??? Need to cache TType encoding base for call_unexpected.
xh->catchTemp = landing_pad;
}
// Restore the catch handler information saved during phase1.
static inline void
restore_caught_exception(struct _Unwind_Exception* ue_header,
int& handler_switch_value,
const unsigned char*& language_specific_data,
_Unwind_Ptr& landing_pad)
{
__cxa_exception* xh = __get_exception_header_from_ue(ue_header);
handler_switch_value = xh->handlerSwitchValue;
language_specific_data = xh->languageSpecificData;
landing_pad = (_Unwind_Ptr) xh->catchTemp;
}
#define CONTINUE_UNWINDING return _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND
// Return true if the filter spec is empty, ie throw().
static bool
empty_exception_spec (lsda_header_info *info, _Unwind_Sword filter_value)
{
const unsigned char *e = info->TType - filter_value - 1;
_uleb128_t tmp;
e = read_uleb128 (e, &tmp);
return tmp == 0;
}
#endif // !__ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
namespace __cxxabiv1
{
// Using a different personality function name causes link failures
// when trying to mix code using different exception handling models.
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
#define PERSONALITY_FUNCTION __gxx_personality_sj0
#define __builtin_eh_return_data_regno(x) x
#else
#define PERSONALITY_FUNCTION __gxx_personality_v0
#endif
extern "C" _Unwind_Reason_Code
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
PERSONALITY_FUNCTION (_Unwind_State state,
struct _Unwind_Exception* ue_header,
struct _Unwind_Context* context)
#else
PERSONALITY_FUNCTION (int version,
_Unwind_Action actions,
_Unwind_Exception_Class exception_class,
struct _Unwind_Exception *ue_header,
struct _Unwind_Context *context)
#endif
{
enum found_handler_type
{
found_nothing,
found_terminate,
found_cleanup,
found_handler
} found_type;
lsda_header_info info;
const unsigned char *language_specific_data;
const unsigned char *action_record;
const unsigned char *p;
_Unwind_Ptr landing_pad, ip;
int handler_switch_value;
void* thrown_ptr = 0;
bool foreign_exception;
int ip_before_insn = 0;
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
_Unwind_Action actions;
switch (state & _US_ACTION_MASK)
{
case _US_VIRTUAL_UNWIND_FRAME:
actions = _UA_SEARCH_PHASE;
break;
case _US_UNWIND_FRAME_STARTING:
actions = _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE;
if (!(state & _US_FORCE_UNWIND)
&& ue_header->barrier_cache.sp == _Unwind_GetGR(context,
UNWIND_STACK_REG))
actions |= _UA_HANDLER_FRAME;
break;
case _US_UNWIND_FRAME_RESUME:
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
break;
default:
std::abort();
}
actions |= state & _US_FORCE_UNWIND;
// We don't know which runtime we're working with, so can't check this.
// However the ABI routines hide this from us, and we don't actually need
// to know.
foreign_exception = false;
// The dwarf unwinder assumes the context structure holds things like the
// function and LSDA pointers. The ARM implementation caches these in
// the exception header (UCB). To avoid rewriting everything we make a
// virtual scratch register point at the UCB.
ip = (_Unwind_Ptr) ue_header;
_Unwind_SetGR(context, UNWIND_POINTER_REG, ip);
#else
__cxa_exception* xh = __get_exception_header_from_ue(ue_header);
// Interface version check.
if (version != 1)
return _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR;
foreign_exception = !__is_gxx_exception_class(exception_class);
#endif
// Shortcut for phase 2 found handler for domestic exception.
if (actions == (_UA_CLEANUP_PHASE | _UA_HANDLER_FRAME)
&& !foreign_exception)
{
restore_caught_exception(ue_header, handler_switch_value,
language_specific_data, landing_pad);
found_type = (landing_pad == 0 ? found_terminate : found_handler);
goto install_context;
}
language_specific_data = (const unsigned char *)
_Unwind_GetLanguageSpecificData (context);
// If no LSDA, then there are no handlers or cleanups.
if (! language_specific_data)
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
// Parse the LSDA header.
p = parse_lsda_header (context, language_specific_data, &info);
info.ttype_base = base_of_encoded_value (info.ttype_encoding, context);
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_HAVE_GETIPINFO
ip = _Unwind_GetIPInfo (context, &ip_before_insn);
#else
ip = _Unwind_GetIP (context);
#endif
if (! ip_before_insn)
--ip;
landing_pad = 0;
action_record = 0;
handler_switch_value = 0;
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
// The given "IP" is an index into the call-site table, with two
// exceptions -- -1 means no-action, and 0 means terminate. But
// since we're using uleb128 values, we've not got random access
// to the array.
if ((int) ip < 0)
return _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND;
else if (ip == 0)
{
// Fall through to set found_terminate.
}
else
{
_uleb128_t cs_lp, cs_action;
do
{
p = read_uleb128 (p, &cs_lp);
p = read_uleb128 (p, &cs_action);
}
while (--ip);
// Can never have null landing pad for sjlj -- that would have
// been indicated by a -1 call site index.
landing_pad = cs_lp + 1;
if (cs_action)
action_record = info.action_table + cs_action - 1;
goto found_something;
}
#else
// Search the call-site table for the action associated with this IP.
while (p < info.action_table)
{
_Unwind_Ptr cs_start, cs_len, cs_lp;
_uleb128_t cs_action;
// Note that all call-site encodings are "absolute" displacements.
p = read_encoded_value (0, info.call_site_encoding, p, &cs_start);
p = read_encoded_value (0, info.call_site_encoding, p, &cs_len);
p = read_encoded_value (0, info.call_site_encoding, p, &cs_lp);
p = read_uleb128 (p, &cs_action);
// The table is sorted, so if we've passed the ip, stop.
if (ip < info.Start + cs_start)
p = info.action_table;
else if (ip < info.Start + cs_start + cs_len)
{
if (cs_lp)
landing_pad = info.LPStart + cs_lp;
if (cs_action)
action_record = info.action_table + cs_action - 1;
goto found_something;
}
}
#endif // _GLIBCXX_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
// If ip is not present in the table, call terminate. This is for
// a destructor inside a cleanup, or a library routine the compiler
// was not expecting to throw.
found_type = found_terminate;
goto do_something;
found_something:
if (landing_pad == 0)
{
// If ip is present, and has a null landing pad, there are
// no cleanups or handlers to be run.
found_type = found_nothing;
}
else if (action_record == 0)
{
// If ip is present, has a non-null landing pad, and a null
// action table offset, then there are only cleanups present.
// Cleanups use a zero switch value, as set above.
found_type = found_cleanup;
}
else
{
// Otherwise we have a catch handler or exception specification.
_sleb128_t ar_filter, ar_disp;
const std::type_info* catch_type;
_throw_typet* throw_type;
bool saw_cleanup = false;
bool saw_handler = false;
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
// ??? How does this work - more importantly, how does it interact with
// dependent exceptions?
throw_type = ue_header;
if (actions & _UA_FORCE_UNWIND)
{
__GXX_INIT_FORCED_UNWIND_CLASS(ue_header->exception_class);
}
else if (!foreign_exception)
thrown_ptr = __get_object_from_ue (ue_header);
#else
#ifdef __GXX_RTTI
// During forced unwinding, match a magic exception type.
if (actions & _UA_FORCE_UNWIND)
{
throw_type = &typeid(abi::__forced_unwind);
}
// With a foreign exception class, there's no exception type.
// ??? What to do about GNU Java and GNU Ada exceptions?
else if (foreign_exception)
{
throw_type = &typeid(abi::__foreign_exception);
}
else
#endif
{
thrown_ptr = __get_object_from_ue (ue_header);
throw_type = __get_exception_header_from_obj
(thrown_ptr)->exceptionType;
}
#endif
while (1)
{
p = action_record;
p = read_sleb128 (p, &ar_filter);
read_sleb128 (p, &ar_disp);
if (ar_filter == 0)
{
// Zero filter values are cleanups.
saw_cleanup = true;
}
else if (ar_filter > 0)
{
// Positive filter values are handlers.
catch_type = get_ttype_entry (&info, ar_filter);
// Null catch type is a catch-all handler; we can catch foreign
// exceptions with this. Otherwise we must match types.
if (! catch_type
|| (throw_type
&& get_adjusted_ptr (catch_type, throw_type,
&thrown_ptr)))
{
saw_handler = true;
break;
}
}
else
{
// Negative filter values are exception specifications.
// ??? How do foreign exceptions fit in? As far as I can
// see we can't match because there's no __cxa_exception
// object to stuff bits in for __cxa_call_unexpected to use.
// Allow them iff the exception spec is non-empty. I.e.
// a throw() specification results in __unexpected.
if ((throw_type
&& !(actions & _UA_FORCE_UNWIND)
&& !foreign_exception)
? ! check_exception_spec (&info, throw_type, thrown_ptr,
ar_filter)
: empty_exception_spec (&info, ar_filter))
{
saw_handler = true;
break;
}
}
if (ar_disp == 0)
break;
action_record = p + ar_disp;
}
if (saw_handler)
{
handler_switch_value = ar_filter;
found_type = found_handler;
}
else
found_type = (saw_cleanup ? found_cleanup : found_nothing);
}
do_something:
if (found_type == found_nothing)
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
if (actions & _UA_SEARCH_PHASE)
{
if (found_type == found_cleanup)
CONTINUE_UNWINDING;
// For domestic exceptions, we cache data from phase 1 for phase 2.
if (!foreign_exception)
{
save_caught_exception(ue_header, context, thrown_ptr,
handler_switch_value, language_specific_data,
landing_pad, action_record);
}
return _URC_HANDLER_FOUND;
}
install_context:
// We can't use any of the cxa routines with foreign exceptions,
// because they all expect ue_header to be a struct __cxa_exception.
// So in that case, call terminate or unexpected directly.
if ((actions & _UA_FORCE_UNWIND)
|| foreign_exception)
{
if (found_type == found_terminate)
std::terminate ();
else if (handler_switch_value < 0)
{
__try
{ std::unexpected (); }
__catch(...)
{ std::terminate (); }
}
}
else
{
if (found_type == found_terminate)
__cxa_call_terminate(ue_header);
// Cache the TType base value for __cxa_call_unexpected, as we won't
// have an _Unwind_Context then.
if (handler_switch_value < 0)
{
parse_lsda_header (context, language_specific_data, &info);
info.ttype_base = base_of_encoded_value (info.ttype_encoding,
context);
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
const _Unwind_Word* e;
_Unwind_Word n;
e = ((const _Unwind_Word*) info.TType) - handler_switch_value - 1;
// Count the number of rtti objects.
n = 0;
while (e[n] != 0)
n++;
// Count.
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[1] = n;
// Base
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[2] = info.ttype_base;
// Stride.
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[3] = 4;
// List head.
ue_header->barrier_cache.bitpattern[4] = (_Unwind_Word) e;
#else
xh->catchTemp = base_of_encoded_value (info.ttype_encoding, context);
#endif
}
}
/* For targets with pointers smaller than the word size, we must extend the
pointer, and this extension is target dependent. */
_Unwind_SetGR (context, __builtin_eh_return_data_regno (0),
__builtin_extend_pointer (ue_header));
_Unwind_SetGR (context, __builtin_eh_return_data_regno (1),
handler_switch_value);
_Unwind_SetIP (context, landing_pad);
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
if (found_type == found_cleanup)
__cxa_begin_cleanup(ue_header);
#endif
return _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT;
}
/* The ARM EABI implementation of __cxa_call_unexpected is in a
different file so that the personality routine (PR) can be used
standalone. The generic routine shared datastructures with the PR
so it is most convenient to implement it here. */
#ifndef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
extern "C" void
__cxa_call_unexpected (void *exc_obj_in)
{
_Unwind_Exception *exc_obj
= reinterpret_cast <_Unwind_Exception *>(exc_obj_in);
__cxa_begin_catch (exc_obj);
// This function is a handler for our exception argument. If we exit
// by throwing a different exception, we'll need the original cleaned up.
struct end_catch_protect
{
end_catch_protect() { }
~end_catch_protect() { __cxa_end_catch(); }
} end_catch_protect_obj;
lsda_header_info info;
__cxa_exception *xh = __get_exception_header_from_ue (exc_obj);
const unsigned char *xh_lsda;
_Unwind_Sword xh_switch_value;
std::terminate_handler xh_terminate_handler;
// If the unexpectedHandler rethrows the exception (e.g. to categorize it),
// it will clobber data about the current handler. So copy the data out now.
xh_lsda = xh->languageSpecificData;
xh_switch_value = xh->handlerSwitchValue;
xh_terminate_handler = xh->terminateHandler;
info.ttype_base = (_Unwind_Ptr) xh->catchTemp;
__try
{ __unexpected (xh->unexpectedHandler); }
__catch(...)
{
// Get the exception thrown from unexpected.
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals_fast ();
__cxa_exception *new_xh = globals->caughtExceptions;
void *new_ptr = __get_object_from_ambiguous_exception (new_xh);
// We don't quite have enough stuff cached; re-parse the LSDA.
parse_lsda_header (0, xh_lsda, &info);
// If this new exception meets the exception spec, allow it.
if (check_exception_spec (&info, __get_exception_header_from_obj
(new_ptr)->exceptionType,
new_ptr, xh_switch_value))
__throw_exception_again;
// If the exception spec allows std::bad_exception, throw that.
// We don't have a thrown object to compare against, but since
// bad_exception doesn't have virtual bases, that's OK; just pass 0.
#if defined(__EXCEPTIONS) && defined(__GXX_RTTI)
const std::type_info &bad_exc = typeid (std::bad_exception);
if (check_exception_spec (&info, &bad_exc, 0, xh_switch_value))
throw std::bad_exception();
#endif
// Otherwise, die.
__terminate (xh_terminate_handler);
}
}
#endif
} // namespace __cxxabiv1

View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
// -*- C++ -*- std::terminate handler
// Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2009 Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
/* We default to the talkative, informative handler in a normal hosted
library. This pulls in the demangler, the dyn-string utilities, and
elements of the I/O library. For a low-memory environment, you can return
to the earlier "silent death" handler by including <cstdlib>, initializing
to "std::abort", and rebuilding the library. In a freestanding mode, we
default to this latter approach. */
#if ! _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
# include <cstdlib>
#endif
/* The current installed user handler. */
std::terminate_handler __cxxabiv1::__terminate_handler =
#if _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
__gnu_cxx::__verbose_terminate_handler;
#else
std::abort;
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
// -*- C++ -*- std::terminate, std::unexpected and friends.
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2009,
// 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "typeinfo"
#include "exception"
#include <cstdlib>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
#include <bits/exception_defines.h>
using namespace __cxxabiv1;
void
__cxxabiv1::__terminate (std::terminate_handler handler) throw ()
{
__try
{
handler ();
std::abort ();
}
__catch(...)
{ std::abort (); }
}
void
std::terminate () throw()
{
__terminate (__terminate_handler);
}
void
__cxxabiv1::__unexpected (std::unexpected_handler handler)
{
handler();
std::terminate ();
}
void
std::unexpected ()
{
__unexpected (__unexpected_handler);
}
std::terminate_handler
std::set_terminate (std::terminate_handler func) throw()
{
std::terminate_handler old = __terminate_handler;
__terminate_handler = func;
return old;
}
std::unexpected_handler
std::set_unexpected (std::unexpected_handler func) throw()
{
std::unexpected_handler old = __unexpected_handler;
__unexpected_handler = func;
return old;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Exception handling routines for throwing.
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
// 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
using namespace __cxxabiv1;
static void
__gxx_exception_cleanup (_Unwind_Reason_Code code, _Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
// This cleanup is set only for primaries.
__cxa_refcounted_exception *header
= __get_refcounted_exception_header_from_ue (exc);
// We only want to be called through _Unwind_DeleteException.
// _Unwind_DeleteException in the HP-UX IA64 libunwind library
// returns _URC_NO_REASON and not _URC_FOREIGN_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT
// like the GCC _Unwind_DeleteException function does.
if (code != _URC_FOREIGN_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT && code != _URC_NO_REASON)
__terminate (header->exc.terminateHandler);
#if ATOMIC_INT_LOCK_FREE > 1
if (__atomic_sub_fetch (&header->referenceCount, 1, __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL) == 0)
{
#endif
if (header->exc.exceptionDestructor)
header->exc.exceptionDestructor (header + 1);
__cxa_free_exception (header + 1);
#if ATOMIC_INT_LOCK_FREE > 1
}
#endif
}
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_throw (void *obj, std::type_info *tinfo,
void (_GLIBCXX_CDTOR_CALLABI *dest) (void *))
{
// Definitely a primary.
__cxa_refcounted_exception *header
= __get_refcounted_exception_header_from_obj (obj);
header->referenceCount = 1;
header->exc.exceptionType = tinfo;
header->exc.exceptionDestructor = dest;
header->exc.unexpectedHandler = __unexpected_handler;
header->exc.terminateHandler = __terminate_handler;
__GXX_INIT_PRIMARY_EXCEPTION_CLASS(header->exc.unwindHeader.exception_class);
header->exc.unwindHeader.exception_cleanup = __gxx_exception_cleanup;
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
_Unwind_SjLj_RaiseException (&header->exc.unwindHeader);
#else
_Unwind_RaiseException (&header->exc.unwindHeader);
#endif
// Some sort of unwinding error. Note that terminate is a handler.
__cxa_begin_catch (&header->exc.unwindHeader);
std::terminate ();
}
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_rethrow ()
{
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals ();
__cxa_exception *header = globals->caughtExceptions;
globals->uncaughtExceptions += 1;
// Watch for luser rethrowing with no active exception.
if (header)
{
// Tell __cxa_end_catch this is a rethrow.
if (!__is_gxx_exception_class(header->unwindHeader.exception_class))
globals->caughtExceptions = 0;
else
header->handlerCount = -header->handlerCount;
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
_Unwind_SjLj_Resume_or_Rethrow (&header->unwindHeader);
#else
#if defined(_LIBUNWIND_STD_ABI)
_Unwind_RaiseException (&header->unwindHeader);
#else
_Unwind_Resume_or_Rethrow (&header->unwindHeader);
#endif
#endif
// Some sort of unwinding error. Note that terminate is a handler.
__cxa_begin_catch (&header->unwindHeader);
}
std::terminate ();
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Exception handling routines for catching.
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2008, 2009, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <typeinfo>
#include <cxxabi.h>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
namespace __cxxabiv1
{
// Returns the type_info for the currently handled exception [15.3/8], or
// null if there is none.
extern "C"
std::type_info *__cxa_current_exception_type () _GLIBCXX_NOTHROW
{
__cxa_eh_globals *globals = __cxa_get_globals ();
__cxa_exception *header = globals->caughtExceptions;
if (header)
{
if (__is_dependent_exception (header->unwindHeader.exception_class))
{
__cxa_dependent_exception *de =
__get_dependent_exception_from_ue (&header->unwindHeader);
header = __get_exception_header_from_obj (de->primaryException);
}
return header->exceptionType;
}
else
return 0;
}
} // namespace __cxxabiv1

View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
// -*- C++ -*- std::unexpected handler
// Copyright (C) 2002, 2009 Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
/* The current installed user handler. */
std::unexpected_handler __cxxabiv1::__unexpected_handler = std::terminate;

View File

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
// Exception Handling support header for -*- C++ -*-
// Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
// 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
/** @file exception
* This is a Standard C++ Library header.
*/
#ifndef __EXCEPTION__
#define __EXCEPTION__
#pragma GCC system_header
#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <bits/atomic_lockfree_defines.h>
extern "C++" {
namespace std
{
/**
* @defgroup exceptions Exceptions
* @ingroup diagnostics
*
* Classes and functions for reporting errors via exception classes.
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Base class for all library exceptions.
*
* This is the base class for all exceptions thrown by the standard
* library, and by certain language expressions. You are free to derive
* your own %exception classes, or use a different hierarchy, or to
* throw non-class data (e.g., fundamental types).
*/
class exception
{
public:
exception() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
virtual ~exception() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
/** Returns a C-style character string describing the general cause
* of the current error. */
virtual const char* what() const _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
};
/** If an %exception is thrown which is not listed in a function's
* %exception specification, one of these may be thrown. */
class bad_exception : public exception
{
public:
bad_exception() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
// This declaration is not useless:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.0.2/gcc_6.html#SEC118
virtual ~bad_exception() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
// See comment in eh_exception.cc.
virtual const char* what() const _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
};
/// If you write a replacement %terminate handler, it must be of this type.
typedef void (*terminate_handler) ();
/// If you write a replacement %unexpected handler, it must be of this type.
typedef void (*unexpected_handler) ();
/// Takes a new handler function as an argument, returns the old function.
terminate_handler set_terminate(terminate_handler) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
/** The runtime will call this function if %exception handling must be
* abandoned for any reason. It can also be called by the user. */
void terminate() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));
/// Takes a new handler function as an argument, returns the old function.
unexpected_handler set_unexpected(unexpected_handler) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
/** The runtime will call this function if an %exception is thrown which
* violates the function's %exception specification. */
void unexpected() __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));
/** [18.6.4]/1: 'Returns true after completing evaluation of a
* throw-expression until either completing initialization of the
* exception-declaration in the matching handler or entering @c unexpected()
* due to the throw; or after entering @c terminate() for any reason
* other than an explicit call to @c terminate(). [Note: This includes
* stack unwinding [15.2]. end note]'
*
* 2: 'When @c uncaught_exception() is true, throwing an
* %exception can result in a call of @c terminate()
* (15.5.1).'
*/
bool uncaught_exception() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT __attribute__ ((__pure__));
// @} group exceptions
} // namespace std
namespace __gnu_cxx
{
_GLIBCXX_BEGIN_NAMESPACE_VERSION
/**
* @brief A replacement for the standard terminate_handler which
* prints more information about the terminating exception (if any)
* on stderr.
*
* @ingroup exceptions
*
* Call
* @code
* std::set_terminate(__gnu_cxx::__verbose_terminate_handler)
* @endcode
* to use. For more info, see
* http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/libstdc++/manual/bk01pt02ch06s02.html
*
* In 3.4 and later, this is on by default.
*/
void __verbose_terminate_handler();
_GLIBCXX_END_NAMESPACE_VERSION
} // namespace
} // extern "C++"
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#if defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__) && (ATOMIC_INT_LOCK_FREE > 1)
#include <bits/exception_ptr.h>
#include <bits/nested_exception.h>
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
// -fno-exceptions Support -*- C++ -*-
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
// 2011
// Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library. This library is free
// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
// Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
/** @file bits/exception_defines.h
* This is an internal header file, included by other library headers.
* Do not attempt to use it directly. @headername{exception}
*/
#ifndef _EXCEPTION_DEFINES_H
#define _EXCEPTION_DEFINES_H 1
#ifndef __EXCEPTIONS
// Iff -fno-exceptions, transform error handling code to work without it.
# define __try if (true)
# define __catch(X) if (false)
# define __throw_exception_again
#else
// Else proceed normally.
# define __try try
# define __catch(X) catch(X)
# define __throw_exception_again throw
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
/* Threads compatibility routines for libgcc2 and libobjc. */
/* Compile this one with gcc. */
/* Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Mumit Khan <khan@xraylith.wisc.edu>.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef GCC_GTHR_WIN32_H
#define GCC_GTHR_WIN32_H
/* Make sure CONST_CAST2 (origin in system.h) is declared. */
#ifndef CONST_CAST2
#define CONST_CAST2(TOTYPE,FROMTYPE,X) ((__extension__(union {FROMTYPE _q; TOTYPE _nq;})(X))._nq)
#endif
/* Windows32 threads specific definitions. The windows32 threading model
does not map well into pthread-inspired gcc's threading model, and so
there are caveats one needs to be aware of.
1. The destructor supplied to __gthread_key_create is ignored for
generic x86-win32 ports. This will certainly cause memory leaks
due to unreclaimed eh contexts (sizeof (eh_context) is at least
24 bytes for x86 currently).
This memory leak may be significant for long-running applications
that make heavy use of C++ EH.
However, Mingw runtime (version 0.3 or newer) provides a mechanism
to emulate pthreads key dtors; the runtime provides a special DLL,
linked in if -mthreads option is specified, that runs the dtors in
the reverse order of registration when each thread exits. If
-mthreads option is not given, a stub is linked in instead of the
DLL, which results in memory leak. Other x86-win32 ports can use
the same technique of course to avoid the leak.
2. The error codes returned are non-POSIX like, and cast into ints.
This may cause incorrect error return due to truncation values on
hw where sizeof (DWORD) > sizeof (int).
3. We are currently using a special mutex instead of the Critical
Sections, since Win9x does not support TryEnterCriticalSection
(while NT does).
The basic framework should work well enough. In the long term, GCC
needs to use Structured Exception Handling on Windows32. */
#define __GTHREADS 1
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef __MINGW32__
#include <_mingw.h>
#endif
#ifndef ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM
#define ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM(x) x
#endif
#ifdef _LIBOBJC
/* This is necessary to prevent windef.h (included from windows.h) from
defining its own BOOL as a typedef. */
#ifndef __OBJC__
#define __OBJC__
#endif
#include <windows.h>
/* Now undef the windows BOOL. */
#undef BOOL
/* Key structure for maintaining thread specific storage */
static DWORD __gthread_objc_data_tls = (DWORD) -1;
/* Backend initialization functions */
/* Initialize the threads subsystem. */
int
__gthread_objc_init_thread_system (void)
{
/* Initialize the thread storage key. */
if ((__gthread_objc_data_tls = TlsAlloc ()) != (DWORD) -1)
return 0;
else
return -1;
}
/* Close the threads subsystem. */
int
__gthread_objc_close_thread_system (void)
{
if (__gthread_objc_data_tls != (DWORD) -1)
TlsFree (__gthread_objc_data_tls);
return 0;
}
/* Backend thread functions */
/* Create a new thread of execution. */
objc_thread_t
__gthread_objc_thread_detach (void (*func)(void *arg), void *arg)
{
DWORD thread_id = 0;
HANDLE win32_handle;
if (!(win32_handle = CreateThread (NULL, 0, (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) func,
arg, 0, &thread_id)))
thread_id = 0;
return (objc_thread_t) (INT_PTR) thread_id;
}
/* Set the current thread's priority. */
int
__gthread_objc_thread_set_priority (int priority)
{
int sys_priority = 0;
switch (priority)
{
case OBJC_THREAD_INTERACTIVE_PRIORITY:
sys_priority = THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL;
break;
default:
case OBJC_THREAD_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY:
sys_priority = THREAD_PRIORITY_BELOW_NORMAL;
break;
case OBJC_THREAD_LOW_PRIORITY:
sys_priority = THREAD_PRIORITY_LOWEST;
break;
}
/* Change priority */
if (SetThreadPriority (GetCurrentThread (), sys_priority))
return 0;
else
return -1;
}
/* Return the current thread's priority. */
int
__gthread_objc_thread_get_priority (void)
{
int sys_priority;
sys_priority = GetThreadPriority (GetCurrentThread ());
switch (sys_priority)
{
case THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST:
case THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL:
case THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL:
case THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL:
return OBJC_THREAD_INTERACTIVE_PRIORITY;
default:
case THREAD_PRIORITY_BELOW_NORMAL:
return OBJC_THREAD_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY;
case THREAD_PRIORITY_IDLE:
case THREAD_PRIORITY_LOWEST:
return OBJC_THREAD_LOW_PRIORITY;
}
/* Couldn't get priority. */
return -1;
}
/* Yield our process time to another thread. */
void
__gthread_objc_thread_yield (void)
{
Sleep (0);
}
/* Terminate the current thread. */
int
__gthread_objc_thread_exit (void)
{
/* exit the thread */
ExitThread (__objc_thread_exit_status);
/* Failed if we reached here */
return -1;
}
/* Returns an integer value which uniquely describes a thread. */
objc_thread_t
__gthread_objc_thread_id (void)
{
return (objc_thread_t) (INT_PTR) GetCurrentThreadId ();
}
/* Sets the thread's local storage pointer. */
int
__gthread_objc_thread_set_data (void *value)
{
if (TlsSetValue (__gthread_objc_data_tls, value))
return 0;
else
return -1;
}
/* Returns the thread's local storage pointer. */
void *
__gthread_objc_thread_get_data (void)
{
DWORD lasterror;
void *ptr;
lasterror = GetLastError ();
ptr = TlsGetValue (__gthread_objc_data_tls); /* Return thread data. */
SetLastError (lasterror);
return ptr;
}
/* Backend mutex functions */
/* Allocate a mutex. */
int
__gthread_objc_mutex_allocate (objc_mutex_t mutex)
{
if ((mutex->backend = (void *) CreateMutex (NULL, 0, NULL)) == NULL)
return -1;
else
return 0;
}
/* Deallocate a mutex. */
int
__gthread_objc_mutex_deallocate (objc_mutex_t mutex)
{
CloseHandle ((HANDLE) (mutex->backend));
return 0;
}
/* Grab a lock on a mutex. */
int
__gthread_objc_mutex_lock (objc_mutex_t mutex)
{
int status;
status = WaitForSingleObject ((HANDLE) (mutex->backend), INFINITE);
if (status != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && status != WAIT_ABANDONED)
return -1;
else
return 0;
}
/* Try to grab a lock on a mutex. */
int
__gthread_objc_mutex_trylock (objc_mutex_t mutex)
{
int status;
status = WaitForSingleObject ((HANDLE) (mutex->backend), 0);
if (status != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && status != WAIT_ABANDONED)
return -1;
else
return 0;
}
/* Unlock the mutex */
int
__gthread_objc_mutex_unlock (objc_mutex_t mutex)
{
if (ReleaseMutex ((HANDLE) (mutex->backend)) == 0)
return -1;
else
return 0;
}
/* Backend condition mutex functions */
/* Allocate a condition. */
int
__gthread_objc_condition_allocate (objc_condition_t ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM(condition))
{
/* Unimplemented. */
return -1;
}
/* Deallocate a condition. */
int
__gthread_objc_condition_deallocate (objc_condition_t ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM(condition))
{
/* Unimplemented. */
return -1;
}
/* Wait on the condition */
int
__gthread_objc_condition_wait (objc_condition_t ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM(condition),
objc_mutex_t ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM(mutex))
{
/* Unimplemented. */
return -1;
}
/* Wake up all threads waiting on this condition. */
int
__gthread_objc_condition_broadcast (objc_condition_t ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM(condition))
{
/* Unimplemented. */
return -1;
}
/* Wake up one thread waiting on this condition. */
int
__gthread_objc_condition_signal (objc_condition_t ___GLIBCXX_UNUSED_PARAM(condition))
{
/* Unimplemented. */
return -1;
}
#else /* _LIBOBJC */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef unsigned long __gthread_key_t;
typedef struct {
int done;
long started;
} __gthread_once_t;
typedef struct {
long counter;
void *sema;
} __gthread_mutex_t;
typedef struct {
long counter;
long depth;
unsigned long owner;
void *sema;
} __gthread_recursive_mutex_t;
#define __GTHREAD_ONCE_INIT {0, -1}
#define __GTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT_FUNCTION __gthread_mutex_init_function
#define __GTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT_DEFAULT {-1, 0}
#define __GTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INIT_FUNCTION \
__gthread_recursive_mutex_init_function
#define __GTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INIT_DEFAULT {-1, 0, 0, 0}
#if defined (_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define MINGW32_SUPPORTS_MT_EH 1
/* Mingw runtime >= v0.3 provides a magic variable that is set to nonzero
if -mthreads option was specified, or 0 otherwise. This is to get around
the lack of weak symbols in PE-COFF. */
extern int _CRT_MT;
extern int __mingwthr_key_dtor (unsigned long, void (*) (void *));
#endif /* _WIN32 && !__CYGWIN__ */
/* The Windows95 kernel does not export InterlockedCompareExchange.
This provides a substitute. When building apps that reference
gthread_mutex_try_lock, the __GTHREAD_I486_INLINE_LOCK_PRIMITIVES
macro must be defined if Windows95 is a target. Currently
gthread_mutex_try_lock is not referenced by libgcc or libstdc++. */
#ifdef __GTHREAD_I486_INLINE_LOCK_PRIMITIVES
static inline long
__gthr_i486_lock_cmp_xchg(long *__dest, long __xchg, long __comperand)
{
long result;
__asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
lock\n\
cmpxchg{l} {%4, %1|%1, %4}\n"
: "=a" (result), "=m" (*__dest)
: "0" (__comperand), "m" (*__dest), "r" (__xchg)
: "cc");
return result;
}
#define __GTHR_W32_InterlockedCompareExchange __gthr_i486_lock_cmp_xchg
#else /* __GTHREAD_I486_INLINE_LOCK_PRIMITIVES */
#define __GTHR_W32_InterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
#endif /* __GTHREAD_I486_INLINE_LOCK_PRIMITIVES */
static inline int
__gthread_active_p (void)
{
#ifdef MINGW32_SUPPORTS_MT_EH
return _CRT_MT;
#else
return 1;
#endif
}
#if __GTHREAD_HIDE_WIN32API
/* The implementations are in config/i386/gthr-win32.c in libgcc.a.
Only stubs are exposed to avoid polluting the C++ namespace with
windows api definitions. */
extern int __gthr_win32_once (__gthread_once_t *, void (*) (void));
extern int __gthr_win32_key_create (__gthread_key_t *, void (*) (void*));
extern int __gthr_win32_key_delete (__gthread_key_t);
extern void * __gthr_win32_getspecific (__gthread_key_t);
extern int __gthr_win32_setspecific (__gthread_key_t, const void *);
extern void __gthr_win32_mutex_init_function (__gthread_mutex_t *);
extern int __gthr_win32_mutex_lock (__gthread_mutex_t *);
extern int __gthr_win32_mutex_trylock (__gthread_mutex_t *);
extern int __gthr_win32_mutex_unlock (__gthread_mutex_t *);
extern void
__gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_init_function (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *);
extern int __gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_lock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *);
extern int
__gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_trylock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *);
extern int __gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_unlock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *);
extern void __gthr_win32_mutex_destroy (__gthread_mutex_t *);
static inline int
__gthread_once (__gthread_once_t *__once, void (*__func) (void))
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
return __gthr_win32_once (__once, __func);
else
return -1;
}
static inline int
__gthread_key_create (__gthread_key_t *__key, void (*__dtor) (void *))
{
return __gthr_win32_key_create (__key, __dtor);
}
static inline int
__gthread_key_delete (__gthread_key_t __key)
{
return __gthr_win32_key_delete (__key);
}
static inline void *
__gthread_getspecific (__gthread_key_t __key)
{
return __gthr_win32_getspecific (__key);
}
static inline int
__gthread_setspecific (__gthread_key_t __key, const void *__ptr)
{
return __gthr_win32_setspecific (__key, __ptr);
}
static inline void
__gthread_mutex_init_function (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
__gthr_win32_mutex_init_function (__mutex);
}
static inline void
__gthread_mutex_destroy (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
__gthr_win32_mutex_destroy (__mutex);
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_lock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
return __gthr_win32_mutex_lock (__mutex);
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_trylock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
return __gthr_win32_mutex_trylock (__mutex);
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_unlock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
return __gthr_win32_mutex_unlock (__mutex);
else
return 0;
}
static inline void
__gthread_recursive_mutex_init_function (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
__gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_init_function (__mutex);
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_lock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
return __gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_lock (__mutex);
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_trylock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
return __gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_trylock (__mutex);
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_unlock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
return __gthr_win32_recursive_mutex_unlock (__mutex);
else
return 0;
}
#else /* ! __GTHREAD_HIDE_WIN32API */
#include <windows.h>
#include <errno.h>
static inline int
__gthread_once (__gthread_once_t *__once, void (*__func) (void))
{
if (! __gthread_active_p ())
return -1;
else if (__once == NULL || __func == NULL)
return EINVAL;
if (! __once->done)
{
if (InterlockedIncrement (&(__once->started)) == 0)
{
(*__func) ();
__once->done = TRUE;
}
else
{
/* Another thread is currently executing the code, so wait for it
to finish; yield the CPU in the meantime. If performance
does become an issue, the solution is to use an Event that
we wait on here (and set above), but that implies a place to
create the event before this routine is called. */
while (! __once->done)
Sleep (0);
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Windows32 thread local keys don't support destructors; this leads to
leaks, especially in threaded applications making extensive use of
C++ EH. Mingw uses a thread-support DLL to work-around this problem. */
static inline int
__gthread_key_create (__gthread_key_t *__key,
void (*__dtor) (void *) __attribute__((unused)))
{
int __status = 0;
DWORD __tls_index = TlsAlloc ();
if (__tls_index != 0xFFFFFFFF)
{
*__key = __tls_index;
#ifdef MINGW32_SUPPORTS_MT_EH
/* Mingw runtime will run the dtors in reverse order for each thread
when the thread exits. */
__status = __mingwthr_key_dtor (*__key, __dtor);
#endif
}
else
__status = (int) GetLastError ();
return __status;
}
static inline int
__gthread_key_delete (__gthread_key_t __key)
{
return (TlsFree (__key) != 0) ? 0 : (int) GetLastError ();
}
static inline void *
__gthread_getspecific (__gthread_key_t __key)
{
DWORD __lasterror;
void *__ptr;
__lasterror = GetLastError ();
__ptr = TlsGetValue (__key);
SetLastError (__lasterror);
return __ptr;
}
static inline int
__gthread_setspecific (__gthread_key_t __key, const void *__ptr)
{
if (TlsSetValue (__key, CONST_CAST2(void *, const void *, __ptr)) != 0)
return 0;
else
return GetLastError ();
}
static inline void
__gthread_mutex_init_function (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
__mutex->counter = -1;
__mutex->sema = CreateSemaphore (NULL, 0, 65535, NULL);
}
static inline void
__gthread_mutex_destroy (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
CloseHandle ((HANDLE) __mutex->sema);
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_lock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
int __status = 0;
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
if (InterlockedIncrement (&__mutex->counter) == 0 ||
WaitForSingleObject (__mutex->sema, INFINITE) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
__status = 0;
else
{
/* WaitForSingleObject returns WAIT_FAILED, and we can only do
some best-effort cleanup here. */
InterlockedDecrement (&__mutex->counter);
__status = 1;
}
}
return __status;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_trylock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
int __status = 0;
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
if (__GTHR_W32_InterlockedCompareExchange (&__mutex->counter, 0, -1) < 0)
__status = 0;
else
__status = 1;
}
return __status;
}
static inline int
__gthread_mutex_unlock (__gthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
if (InterlockedDecrement (&__mutex->counter) >= 0)
return ReleaseSemaphore (__mutex->sema, 1, NULL) ? 0 : 1;
}
return 0;
}
static inline void
__gthread_recursive_mutex_init_function (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
__mutex->counter = -1;
__mutex->depth = 0;
__mutex->owner = 0;
__mutex->sema = CreateSemaphore (NULL, 0, 65535, NULL);
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_lock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
DWORD __me = GetCurrentThreadId();
if (InterlockedIncrement (&__mutex->counter) == 0)
{
__mutex->depth = 1;
__mutex->owner = __me;
}
else if (__mutex->owner == __me)
{
InterlockedDecrement (&__mutex->counter);
++(__mutex->depth);
}
else if (WaitForSingleObject (__mutex->sema, INFINITE) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
{
__mutex->depth = 1;
__mutex->owner = __me;
}
else
{
/* WaitForSingleObject returns WAIT_FAILED, and we can only do
some best-effort cleanup here. */
InterlockedDecrement (&__mutex->counter);
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_trylock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
DWORD __me = GetCurrentThreadId();
if (__GTHR_W32_InterlockedCompareExchange (&__mutex->counter, 0, -1) < 0)
{
__mutex->depth = 1;
__mutex->owner = __me;
}
else if (__mutex->owner == __me)
++(__mutex->depth);
else
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
static inline int
__gthread_recursive_mutex_unlock (__gthread_recursive_mutex_t *__mutex)
{
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
--(__mutex->depth);
if (__mutex->depth == 0)
{
__mutex->owner = 0;
if (InterlockedDecrement (&__mutex->counter) >= 0)
return ReleaseSemaphore (__mutex->sema, 1, NULL) ? 0 : 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
#endif /* __GTHREAD_HIDE_WIN32API */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _LIBOBJC */
#endif /* ! GCC_GTHR_WIN32_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
void __mutex_lock(volatile int *val);
typedef struct {
int counter;
void *sema;
} __gthread_mutex_t;
void __gthr_win32_mutex_init_function (__gthread_mutex_t *mutex)
{
mutex->counter = 0;
mutex->sema = 0;
}
int __gthr_win32_mutex_lock (__gthread_mutex_t *mutex)
{
__mutex_lock(&mutex->counter);
return 0;
}
int
__gthr_win32_mutex_unlock (__gthread_mutex_t *mutex)
{
mutex->counter = 0;
return 0;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
// Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
// Written by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery LLC, <mark@codesourcery.com>
// Thread support written by Jason Merrill, Red Hat Inc. <jason@redhat.com>
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cxxabi.h>
#include <exception>
#include <new>
#include <ext/atomicity.h>
#include <ext/concurrence.h>
#if defined(__GTHREADS) && defined(__GTHREAD_HAS_COND) \
&& (ATOMIC_INT_LOCK_FREE > 1) && defined(_GLIBCXX_HAVE_LINUX_FUTEX)
# include <climits>
# include <syscall.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# define _GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX
# define _GLIBCXX_FUTEX_WAIT 0
# define _GLIBCXX_FUTEX_WAKE 1
#endif
// The IA64/generic ABI uses the first byte of the guard variable.
// The ARM EABI uses the least significant bit.
// Thread-safe static local initialization support.
#ifdef __GTHREADS
# ifndef _GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX
namespace
{
// A single mutex controlling all static initializations.
static __gnu_cxx::__recursive_mutex* static_mutex;
typedef char fake_recursive_mutex[sizeof(__gnu_cxx::__recursive_mutex)]
__attribute__ ((aligned(__alignof__(__gnu_cxx::__recursive_mutex))));
fake_recursive_mutex fake_mutex;
static void init()
{ static_mutex = new (&fake_mutex) __gnu_cxx::__recursive_mutex(); }
__gnu_cxx::__recursive_mutex&
get_static_mutex()
{
static __gthread_once_t once = __GTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
__gthread_once(&once, init);
return *static_mutex;
}
// Simple wrapper for exception safety.
struct mutex_wrapper
{
bool unlock;
mutex_wrapper() : unlock(true)
{ get_static_mutex().lock(); }
~mutex_wrapper()
{
if (unlock)
static_mutex->unlock();
}
};
}
# endif
# if defined(__GTHREAD_HAS_COND) && !defined(_GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX)
namespace
{
// A single condition variable controlling all static initializations.
static __gnu_cxx::__cond* static_cond;
// using a fake type to avoid initializing a static class.
typedef char fake_cond_t[sizeof(__gnu_cxx::__cond)]
__attribute__ ((aligned(__alignof__(__gnu_cxx::__cond))));
fake_cond_t fake_cond;
static void init_static_cond()
{ static_cond = new (&fake_cond) __gnu_cxx::__cond(); }
__gnu_cxx::__cond&
get_static_cond()
{
static __gthread_once_t once = __GTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
__gthread_once(&once, init_static_cond);
return *static_cond;
}
}
# endif
# ifndef _GLIBCXX_GUARD_TEST_AND_ACQUIRE
inline bool
__test_and_acquire (__cxxabiv1::__guard *g)
{
bool b = _GLIBCXX_GUARD_TEST (g);
_GLIBCXX_READ_MEM_BARRIER;
return b;
}
# define _GLIBCXX_GUARD_TEST_AND_ACQUIRE(G) __test_and_acquire (G)
# endif
# ifndef _GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET_AND_RELEASE
inline void
__set_and_release (__cxxabiv1::__guard *g)
{
_GLIBCXX_WRITE_MEM_BARRIER;
_GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET (g);
}
# define _GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET_AND_RELEASE(G) __set_and_release (G)
# endif
#else /* !__GTHREADS */
# undef _GLIBCXX_GUARD_TEST_AND_ACQUIRE
# undef _GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET_AND_RELEASE
# define _GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET_AND_RELEASE(G) _GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET (G)
#endif /* __GTHREADS */
//
// Here are C++ run-time routines for guarded initialization of static
// variables. There are 4 scenarios under which these routines are called:
//
// 1. Threads not supported (__GTHREADS not defined)
// 2. Threads are supported but not enabled at run-time.
// 3. Threads enabled at run-time but __gthreads_* are not fully POSIX.
// 4. Threads enabled at run-time and __gthreads_* support all POSIX threads
// primitives we need here.
//
// The old code supported scenarios 1-3 but was broken since it used a global
// mutex for all threads and had the mutex locked during the whole duration of
// initialization of a guarded static variable. The following created a
// dead-lock with the old code.
//
// Thread 1 acquires the global mutex.
// Thread 1 starts initializing static variable.
// Thread 1 creates thread 2 during initialization.
// Thread 2 attempts to acquire mutex to initialize another variable.
// Thread 2 blocks since thread 1 is locking the mutex.
// Thread 1 waits for result from thread 2 and also blocks. A deadlock.
//
// The new code here can handle this situation and thus is more robust. However,
// we need to use the POSIX thread condition variable, which is not supported
// in all platforms, notably older versions of Microsoft Windows. The gthr*.h
// headers define a symbol __GTHREAD_HAS_COND for platforms that support POSIX
// like condition variables. For platforms that do not support condition
// variables, we need to fall back to the old code.
// If _GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX, no global mutex or condition variable is used,
// only atomic operations are used together with futex syscall.
// Valid values of the first integer in guard are:
// 0 No thread encountered the guarded init
// yet or it has been aborted.
// _GLIBCXX_GUARD_BIT The guarded static var has been successfully
// initialized.
// _GLIBCXX_GUARD_PENDING_BIT The guarded static var is being initialized
// and no other thread is waiting for its
// initialization.
// (_GLIBCXX_GUARD_PENDING_BIT The guarded static var is being initialized
// | _GLIBCXX_GUARD_WAITING_BIT) and some other threads are waiting until
// it is initialized.
namespace __cxxabiv1
{
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX
namespace
{
static inline int __guard_test_bit (const int __byte, const int __val)
{
union { int __i; char __c[sizeof (int)]; } __u = { 0 };
__u.__c[__byte] = __val;
return __u.__i;
}
}
#endif
static inline int
init_in_progress_flag(__guard* g)
{ return ((char *)g)[1]; }
static inline void
set_init_in_progress_flag(__guard* g, int v)
{ ((char *)g)[1] = v; }
static inline void
throw_recursive_init_exception()
{
#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS
throw __gnu_cxx::recursive_init_error();
#else
// Use __builtin_trap so we don't require abort().
__builtin_trap();
#endif
}
// acquire() is a helper function used to acquire guard if thread support is
// not compiled in or is compiled in but not enabled at run-time.
static int
acquire(__guard *g)
{
// Quit if the object is already initialized.
if (_GLIBCXX_GUARD_TEST(g))
return 0;
if (init_in_progress_flag(g))
throw_recursive_init_exception();
set_init_in_progress_flag(g, 1);
return 1;
}
extern "C"
int __cxa_guard_acquire (__guard *g)
{
#ifdef __GTHREADS
// If the target can reorder loads, we need to insert a read memory
// barrier so that accesses to the guarded variable happen after the
// guard test.
if (_GLIBCXX_GUARD_TEST_AND_ACQUIRE (g))
return 0;
# ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX
// If __atomic_* and futex syscall are supported, don't use any global
// mutex.
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
int *gi = (int *) (void *) g;
const int guard_bit = _GLIBCXX_GUARD_BIT;
const int pending_bit = _GLIBCXX_GUARD_PENDING_BIT;
const int waiting_bit = _GLIBCXX_GUARD_WAITING_BIT;
while (1)
{
int expected(0);
if (__atomic_compare_exchange_n(gi, &expected, pending_bit, false,
__ATOMIC_ACQ_REL,
__ATOMIC_ACQUIRE))
{
// This thread should do the initialization.
return 1;
}
if (expected == guard_bit)
{
// Already initialized.
return 0;
}
if (expected == pending_bit)
{
// Use acquire here.
int newv = expected | waiting_bit;
if (!__atomic_compare_exchange_n(gi, &expected, newv, false,
__ATOMIC_ACQ_REL,
__ATOMIC_ACQUIRE))
{
if (expected == guard_bit)
{
// Make a thread that failed to set the
// waiting bit exit the function earlier,
// if it detects that another thread has
// successfully finished initialising.
return 0;
}
if (expected == 0)
continue;
}
expected = newv;
}
syscall (SYS_futex, gi, _GLIBCXX_FUTEX_WAIT, expected, 0);
}
}
# else
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
mutex_wrapper mw;
while (1) // When this loop is executing, mutex is locked.
{
# ifdef __GTHREAD_HAS_COND
// The static is already initialized.
if (_GLIBCXX_GUARD_TEST(g))
return 0; // The mutex will be unlocked via wrapper
if (init_in_progress_flag(g))
{
// The guarded static is currently being initialized by
// another thread, so we release mutex and wait for the
// condition variable. We will lock the mutex again after
// this.
get_static_cond().wait_recursive(&get_static_mutex());
}
else
{
set_init_in_progress_flag(g, 1);
return 1; // The mutex will be unlocked via wrapper.
}
# else
// This provides compatibility with older systems not supporting
// POSIX like condition variables.
if (acquire(g))
{
mw.unlock = false;
return 1; // The mutex still locked.
}
return 0; // The mutex will be unlocked via wrapper.
# endif
}
}
# endif
#endif
return acquire (g);
}
extern "C"
void __cxa_guard_abort (__guard *g) throw ()
{
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX
// If __atomic_* and futex syscall are supported, don't use any global
// mutex.
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
int *gi = (int *) (void *) g;
const int waiting_bit = _GLIBCXX_GUARD_WAITING_BIT;
int old = __atomic_exchange_n (gi, 0, __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL);
if ((old & waiting_bit) != 0)
syscall (SYS_futex, gi, _GLIBCXX_FUTEX_WAKE, INT_MAX);
return;
}
#elif defined(__GTHREAD_HAS_COND)
if (__gthread_active_p())
{
mutex_wrapper mw;
set_init_in_progress_flag(g, 0);
// If we abort, we still need to wake up all other threads waiting for
// the condition variable.
get_static_cond().broadcast();
return;
}
#endif
set_init_in_progress_flag(g, 0);
#if defined(__GTHREADS) && !defined(__GTHREAD_HAS_COND)
// This provides compatibility with older systems not supporting POSIX like
// condition variables.
if (__gthread_active_p ())
static_mutex->unlock();
#endif
}
extern "C"
void __cxa_guard_release (__guard *g) throw ()
{
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_USE_FUTEX
// If __atomic_* and futex syscall are supported, don't use any global
// mutex.
if (__gthread_active_p ())
{
int *gi = (int *) (void *) g;
const int guard_bit = _GLIBCXX_GUARD_BIT;
const int waiting_bit = _GLIBCXX_GUARD_WAITING_BIT;
int old = __atomic_exchange_n (gi, guard_bit, __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL);
if ((old & waiting_bit) != 0)
syscall (SYS_futex, gi, _GLIBCXX_FUTEX_WAKE, INT_MAX);
return;
}
#elif defined(__GTHREAD_HAS_COND)
if (__gthread_active_p())
{
mutex_wrapper mw;
set_init_in_progress_flag(g, 0);
_GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET_AND_RELEASE(g);
get_static_cond().broadcast();
return;
}
#endif
set_init_in_progress_flag(g, 0);
_GLIBCXX_GUARD_SET_AND_RELEASE (g);
#if defined(__GTHREADS) && !defined(__GTHREAD_HAS_COND)
// This provides compatibility with older systems not supporting POSIX like
// condition variables.
if (__gthread_active_p())
static_mutex->unlock();
#endif
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
// Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cxxabi.h>
namespace __gnu_cxx
{
recursive_init_error::~recursive_init_error() throw() { }
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
// std::initializer_list support -*- C++ -*-
// Copyright (C) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
/** @file initializer_list
* This is a Standard C++ Library header.
*/
#ifndef _INITIALIZER_LIST
#define _INITIALIZER_LIST
#pragma GCC system_header
#ifndef __GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__
# include <bits/c++0x_warning.h>
#else // C++0x
#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
#include <bits/c++config.h>
namespace std
{
/// initializer_list
template<class _E>
class initializer_list
{
public:
typedef _E value_type;
typedef const _E& reference;
typedef const _E& const_reference;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef const _E* iterator;
typedef const _E* const_iterator;
private:
iterator _M_array;
size_type _M_len;
// The compiler can call a private constructor.
constexpr initializer_list(const_iterator __a, size_type __l)
: _M_array(__a), _M_len(__l) { }
public:
constexpr initializer_list() noexcept
: _M_array(0), _M_len(0) { }
// Number of elements.
constexpr size_type
size() const noexcept { return _M_len; }
// First element.
constexpr const_iterator
begin() const noexcept { return _M_array; }
// One past the last element.
constexpr const_iterator
end() const noexcept { return begin() + size(); }
};
/**
* @brief Return an iterator pointing to the first element of
* the initilizer_list.
* @param __ils Initializer list.
*/
template<class _Tp>
constexpr const _Tp*
begin(initializer_list<_Tp> __ils) noexcept
{ return __ils.begin(); }
/**
* @brief Return an iterator pointing to one past the last element
* of the initilizer_list.
* @param __ils Initializer list.
*/
template<class _Tp>
constexpr const _Tp*
end(initializer_list<_Tp> __ils) noexcept
{ return __ils.end(); }
}
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#endif // __GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__
#endif // _INITIALIZER_LIST

View File

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
// The -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management header.
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
// 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
/** @file new
* This is a Standard C++ Library header.
*
* The header @c new defines several functions to manage dynamic memory and
* handling memory allocation errors; see
* http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/libstdc++/18_support/howto.html#4 for more.
*/
#ifndef _NEW
#define _NEW
#pragma GCC system_header
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <exception>
#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
extern "C++" {
namespace std
{
/**
* @brief Exception possibly thrown by @c new.
* @ingroup exceptions
*
* @c bad_alloc (or classes derived from it) is used to report allocation
* errors from the throwing forms of @c new. */
class bad_alloc : public exception
{
public:
bad_alloc() throw() { }
// This declaration is not useless:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.0.2/gcc_6.html#SEC118
virtual ~bad_alloc() throw();
// See comment in eh_exception.cc.
virtual const char* what() const throw();
};
struct nothrow_t { };
extern const nothrow_t nothrow;
/** If you write your own error handler to be called by @c new, it must
* be of this type. */
typedef void (*new_handler)();
/// Takes a replacement handler as the argument, returns the
/// previous handler.
new_handler set_new_handler(new_handler) throw();
} // namespace std
//@{
/** These are replaceable signatures:
* - normal single new and delete (no arguments, throw @c bad_alloc on error)
* - normal array new and delete (same)
* - @c nothrow single new and delete (take a @c nothrow argument, return
* @c NULL on error)
* - @c nothrow array new and delete (same)
*
* Placement new and delete signatures (take a memory address argument,
* does nothing) may not be replaced by a user's program.
*/
void* operator new(std::size_t) _GLIBCXX_THROW (std::bad_alloc)
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
void* operator new[](std::size_t) _GLIBCXX_THROW (std::bad_alloc)
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
void operator delete(void*) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
void operator delete[](void*) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
void* operator new(std::size_t, const std::nothrow_t&) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
void* operator new[](std::size_t, const std::nothrow_t&) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
void operator delete(void*, const std::nothrow_t&) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
void operator delete[](void*, const std::nothrow_t&) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
__attribute__((__externally_visible__));
// Default placement versions of operator new.
inline void* operator new(std::size_t, void* __p) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{ return __p; }
inline void* operator new[](std::size_t, void* __p) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{ return __p; }
// Default placement versions of operator delete.
inline void operator delete (void*, void*) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
inline void operator delete[](void*, void*) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
//@}
} // extern "C++"
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
// Implementation file for the -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management header.
// Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
// 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "new"
const std::nothrow_t std::nothrow = { };
using std::new_handler;
new_handler __new_handler;
new_handler
std::set_new_handler (new_handler handler) throw()
{
new_handler prev_handler = __new_handler;
__new_handler = handler;
return prev_handler;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
// Support routines for the -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management.
// Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2009, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <bits/exception_defines.h>
#include "new"
using std::new_handler;
using std::bad_alloc;
#if _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
using std::malloc;
#else
// A freestanding C runtime may not provide "malloc" -- but there is no
// other reasonable way to implement "operator new".
extern "C" void *malloc (std::size_t);
#endif
extern new_handler __new_handler;
_GLIBCXX_WEAK_DEFINITION void *
operator new (std::size_t sz) _GLIBCXX_THROW (std::bad_alloc)
{
void *p;
/* malloc (0) is unpredictable; avoid it. */
if (sz == 0)
sz = 1;
p = (void *) malloc (sz);
while (p == 0)
{
new_handler handler = __new_handler;
if (! handler)
#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS
throw bad_alloc();
#else
std::abort();
#endif
handler ();
p = (void *) malloc (sz);
}
return p;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
// Support routines for the -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management.
// Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2009, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <bits/exception_defines.h>
#include "new"
using std::new_handler;
using std::bad_alloc;
extern "C" void *malloc (std::size_t);
extern new_handler __new_handler;
_GLIBCXX_WEAK_DEFINITION void *
operator new (std::size_t sz, const std::nothrow_t&) _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT
{
void *p;
/* malloc (0) is unpredictable; avoid it. */
if (sz == 0)
sz = 1;
p = (void *) malloc (sz);
while (p == 0)
{
new_handler handler = __new_handler;
if (! handler)
return 0;
__try
{
handler ();
}
__catch(const bad_alloc&)
{
return 0;
}
p = (void *) malloc (sz);
}
return p;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
// Boilerplate support routines for -*- C++ -*- dynamic memory management.
// Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2004, 2009, 2010, 2011
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include "new"
_GLIBCXX_WEAK_DEFINITION void*
operator new[] (std::size_t sz) _GLIBCXX_THROW (std::bad_alloc)
{
return ::operator new(sz);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007,
// 2009, 2010
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "tinfo.h"
namespace __cxxabiv1 {
__pbase_type_info::
~__pbase_type_info ()
{}
bool __pbase_type_info::
__do_catch (const type_info *thr_type,
void **thr_obj,
unsigned outer) const
{
if (*this == *thr_type)
return true; // same type
#ifdef __GXX_RTTI
if (typeid (*this) != typeid (*thr_type))
return false; // not both same kind of pointers
#endif
if (!(outer & 1))
// We're not the same and our outer pointers are not all const qualified
// Therefore there must at least be a qualification conversion involved
// But for that to be valid, our outer pointers must be const qualified.
return false;
const __pbase_type_info *thrown_type =
static_cast <const __pbase_type_info *> (thr_type);
if (thrown_type->__flags & ~__flags)
// We're less qualified.
return false;
if (!(__flags & __const_mask))
outer &= ~1;
return __pointer_catch (thrown_type, thr_obj, outer);
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
// -*- C++ -*-
// Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2009, 2011 Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cxxabi.h>
#include "unwind-cxx.h"
#if _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
# define writestr(str) write(2, str, sizeof(str) - 1)
# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* Avoid forcing the library's meaning of `write' on the user program
by using the "internal" name (for use within the library). */
/*# define write(fd, buf, n) __write((fd), (buf), (n))*/
# endif
#else
# include <cstdio>
# define writestr(str) std::fputs(str, stderr)
#endif
#else
# define writestr(str) /* Empty */
#endif
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_pure_virtual (void)
{
writestr ("pure virtual method called\n");
std::terminate ();
}
extern "C" void
__cxxabiv1::__cxa_deleted_virtual (void)
{
writestr ("deleted virtual method called\n");
std::terminate ();
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2009
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "tinfo.h"
namespace __cxxabiv1 {
__si_class_type_info::
~__si_class_type_info ()
{}
__class_type_info::__sub_kind __si_class_type_info::
__do_find_public_src (ptrdiff_t src2dst,
const void *obj_ptr,
const __class_type_info *src_type,
const void *src_ptr) const
{
if (src_ptr == obj_ptr && *this == *src_type)
return __contained_public;
return __base_type->__do_find_public_src (src2dst, obj_ptr, src_type, src_ptr);
}
bool __si_class_type_info::
__do_dyncast (ptrdiff_t src2dst,
__sub_kind access_path,
const __class_type_info *dst_type,
const void *obj_ptr,
const __class_type_info *src_type,
const void *src_ptr,
__dyncast_result &__restrict result) const
{
if (*this == *dst_type)
{
result.dst_ptr = obj_ptr;
result.whole2dst = access_path;
if (src2dst >= 0)
result.dst2src = adjust_pointer <void> (obj_ptr, src2dst) == src_ptr
? __contained_public : __not_contained;
else if (src2dst == -2)
result.dst2src = __not_contained;
return false;
}
if (obj_ptr == src_ptr && *this == *src_type)
{
// The src object we started from. Indicate how we are accessible from
// the most derived object.
result.whole2src = access_path;
return false;
}
return __base_type->__do_dyncast (src2dst, access_path, dst_type, obj_ptr,
src_type, src_ptr, result);
}
bool __si_class_type_info::
__do_upcast (const __class_type_info *dst, const void *obj_ptr,
__upcast_result &__restrict result) const
{
if (__class_type_info::__do_upcast (dst, obj_ptr, result))
return true;
return __base_type->__do_upcast (dst, obj_ptr, result);
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
// Methods for type_info for -*- C++ -*- Run Time Type Identification.
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
// 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#include <cstddef>
#include "tinfo.h"
std::type_info::
~type_info ()
{ }
#if !__GXX_TYPEINFO_EQUALITY_INLINE
// We can't rely on common symbols being shared between shared objects.
bool std::type_info::
operator== (const std::type_info& arg) const
{
#if __GXX_MERGED_TYPEINFO_NAMES
return name () == arg.name ();
#else
/* The name() method will strip any leading '*' prefix. Therefore
take care to look at __name rather than name() when looking for
the "pointer" prefix. */
return (&arg == this)
|| (__name[0] != '*' && (__builtin_strcmp (name (), arg.name ()) == 0));
#endif
}
#endif
namespace std {
// return true if this is a type_info for a pointer type
bool type_info::
__is_pointer_p () const
{
return false;
}
// return true if this is a type_info for a function type
bool type_info::
__is_function_p () const
{
return false;
}
// try and catch a thrown object.
bool type_info::
__do_catch (const type_info *thr_type, void **, unsigned) const
{
return *this == *thr_type;
}
// upcast from this type to the target. __class_type_info will override
bool type_info::
__do_upcast (const abi::__class_type_info *, void **) const
{
return false;
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
// RTTI support internals for -*- C++ -*-
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2009
// Free Software Foundation
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "typeinfo"
#include <cstddef>
// Class declarations shared between the typeinfo implementation files.
#include <cxxabi.h>
namespace __cxxabiv1 {
inline bool __pbase_type_info::
__pointer_catch (const __pbase_type_info *thrown_type,
void **thr_obj,
unsigned outer) const
{
return __pointee->__do_catch (thrown_type->__pointee, thr_obj, outer + 2);
}
namespace {
using namespace std;
using namespace abi;
// Initial part of a vtable, this structure is used with offsetof, so we don't
// have to keep alignments consistent manually.
struct vtable_prefix
{
// Offset to most derived object.
ptrdiff_t whole_object;
// Additional padding if necessary.
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_VTABLE_PADDING
ptrdiff_t padding1;
#endif
// Pointer to most derived type_info.
const __class_type_info *whole_type;
// Additional padding if necessary.
#ifdef _GLIBCXX_VTABLE_PADDING
ptrdiff_t padding2;
#endif
// What a class's vptr points to.
const void *origin;
};
template <typename T>
inline const T *
adjust_pointer (const void *base, ptrdiff_t offset)
{
return reinterpret_cast <const T *>
(reinterpret_cast <const char *> (base) + offset);
}
// ADDR is a pointer to an object. Convert it to a pointer to a base,
// using OFFSET. IS_VIRTUAL is true, if we are getting a virtual base.
inline void const *
convert_to_base (void const *addr, bool is_virtual, ptrdiff_t offset)
{
if (is_virtual)
{
const void *vtable = *static_cast <const void *const *> (addr);
offset = *adjust_pointer<ptrdiff_t> (vtable, offset);
}
return adjust_pointer<void> (addr, offset);
}
// some predicate functions for __class_type_info::__sub_kind
inline bool contained_p (__class_type_info::__sub_kind access_path)
{
return access_path >= __class_type_info::__contained_mask;
}
inline bool public_p (__class_type_info::__sub_kind access_path)
{
return access_path & __class_type_info::__contained_public_mask;
}
inline bool virtual_p (__class_type_info::__sub_kind access_path)
{
return (access_path & __class_type_info::__contained_virtual_mask);
}
inline bool contained_public_p (__class_type_info::__sub_kind access_path)
{
return ((access_path & __class_type_info::__contained_public)
== __class_type_info::__contained_public);
}
inline bool contained_nonpublic_p (__class_type_info::__sub_kind access_path)
{
return ((access_path & __class_type_info::__contained_public)
== __class_type_info::__contained_mask);
}
inline bool contained_nonvirtual_p (__class_type_info::__sub_kind access_path)
{
return ((access_path & (__class_type_info::__contained_mask
| __class_type_info::__contained_virtual_mask))
== __class_type_info::__contained_mask);
}
static const __class_type_info *const nonvirtual_base_type =
static_cast <const __class_type_info *> (0) + 1;
} // namespace
// __upcast_result is used to hold information during traversal of a class
// hierarchy when catch matching.
struct __class_type_info::__upcast_result
{
const void *dst_ptr; // pointer to caught object
__sub_kind part2dst; // path from current base to target
int src_details; // hints about the source type hierarchy
const __class_type_info *base_type; // where we found the target,
// if in vbase the __class_type_info of vbase
// if a non-virtual base then 1
// else NULL
__upcast_result (int d)
:dst_ptr (NULL), part2dst (__unknown), src_details (d), base_type (NULL)
{}
};
// __dyncast_result is used to hold information during traversal of a class
// hierarchy when dynamic casting.
struct __class_type_info::__dyncast_result
{
const void *dst_ptr; // pointer to target object or NULL
__sub_kind whole2dst; // path from most derived object to target
__sub_kind whole2src; // path from most derived object to sub object
__sub_kind dst2src; // path from target to sub object
int whole_details; // details of the whole class hierarchy
__dyncast_result (int details_ = __vmi_class_type_info::__flags_unknown_mask)
:dst_ptr (NULL), whole2dst (__unknown),
whole2src (__unknown), dst2src (__unknown),
whole_details (details_)
{}
protected:
__dyncast_result(const __dyncast_result&);
__dyncast_result&
operator=(const __dyncast_result&);
};
inline __class_type_info::__sub_kind __class_type_info::
__find_public_src (ptrdiff_t src2dst,
const void *obj_ptr,
const __class_type_info *src_type,
const void *src_ptr) const
{
if (src2dst >= 0)
return adjust_pointer <void> (obj_ptr, src2dst) == src_ptr
? __contained_public : __not_contained;
if (src2dst == -2)
return __not_contained;
return __do_find_public_src (src2dst, obj_ptr, src_type, src_ptr);
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
// RTTI support for -*- C++ -*-
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
// 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
/** @file typeinfo
* This is a Standard C++ Library header.
*/
#ifndef _TYPEINFO
#define _TYPEINFO
#pragma GCC system_header
#include <exception>
#ifdef __GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__
#include <bits/hash_bytes.h>
#endif
#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
extern "C++" {
namespace __cxxabiv1
{
class __class_type_info;
} // namespace __cxxabiv1
// Determine whether typeinfo names for the same type are merged (in which
// case comparison can just compare pointers) or not (in which case strings
// must be compared), and whether comparison is to be implemented inline or
// not. We used to do inline pointer comparison by default if weak symbols
// are available, but even with weak symbols sometimes names are not merged
// when objects are loaded with RTLD_LOCAL, so now we always use strcmp by
// default. For ABI compatibility, we do the strcmp inline if weak symbols
// are available, and out-of-line if not. Out-of-line pointer comparison
// is used where the object files are to be portable to multiple systems,
// some of which may not be able to use pointer comparison, but the
// particular system for which libstdc++ is being built can use pointer
// comparison; in particular for most ARM EABI systems, where the ABI
// specifies out-of-line comparison. The compiler's target configuration
// can override the defaults by defining __GXX_TYPEINFO_EQUALITY_INLINE to
// 1 or 0 to indicate whether or not comparison is inline, and
// __GXX_MERGED_TYPEINFO_NAMES to 1 or 0 to indicate whether or not pointer
// comparison can be used.
#ifndef __GXX_MERGED_TYPEINFO_NAMES
// By default, typeinfo names are not merged.
#define __GXX_MERGED_TYPEINFO_NAMES 0
#endif
// By default follow the old inline rules to avoid ABI changes.
#ifndef __GXX_TYPEINFO_EQUALITY_INLINE
#if !__GXX_WEAK__
#define __GXX_TYPEINFO_EQUALITY_INLINE 0
#else
#define __GXX_TYPEINFO_EQUALITY_INLINE 1
#endif
#endif
namespace std
{
/**
* @brief Part of RTTI.
*
* The @c type_info class describes type information generated by
* an implementation.
*/
class type_info
{
public:
/** Destructor first. Being the first non-inline virtual function, this
* controls in which translation unit the vtable is emitted. The
* compiler makes use of that information to know where to emit
* the runtime-mandated type_info structures in the new-abi. */
virtual ~type_info();
/** Returns an @e implementation-defined byte string; this is not
* portable between compilers! */
const char* name() const
{ return __name[0] == '*' ? __name + 1 : __name; }
#if !__GXX_TYPEINFO_EQUALITY_INLINE
// In old abi, or when weak symbols are not supported, there can
// be multiple instances of a type_info object for one
// type. Uniqueness must use the _name value, not object address.
bool before(const type_info& __arg) const;
bool operator==(const type_info& __arg) const;
#else
#if !__GXX_MERGED_TYPEINFO_NAMES
/** Returns true if @c *this precedes @c __arg in the implementation's
* collation order. */
// Even with the new abi, on systems that support dlopen
// we can run into cases where type_info names aren't merged,
// so we still need to do string comparison.
bool before(const type_info& __arg) const
{ return (__name[0] == '*' && __arg.__name[0] == '*')
? __name < __arg.__name
: __builtin_strcmp (__name, __arg.__name) < 0; }
bool operator==(const type_info& __arg) const
{
return ((__name == __arg.__name)
|| (__name[0] != '*' &&
__builtin_strcmp (__name, __arg.__name) == 0));
}
#else
// On some targets we can rely on type_info's NTBS being unique,
// and therefore address comparisons are sufficient.
bool before(const type_info& __arg) const
{ return __name < __arg.__name; }
bool operator==(const type_info& __arg) const
{ return __name == __arg.__name; }
#endif
#endif
bool operator!=(const type_info& __arg) const
{ return !operator==(__arg); }
#ifdef __GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__
size_t hash_code() const noexcept
{
# if !__GXX_MERGED_TYPEINFO_NAMES
return _Hash_bytes(name(), __builtin_strlen(name()),
static_cast<size_t>(0xc70f6907UL));
# else
return reinterpret_cast<size_t>(__name);
# endif
}
#endif // __GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__
// Return true if this is a pointer type of some kind
virtual bool __is_pointer_p() const;
// Return true if this is a function type
virtual bool __is_function_p() const;
// Try and catch a thrown type. Store an adjusted pointer to the
// caught type in THR_OBJ. If THR_TYPE is not a pointer type, then
// THR_OBJ points to the thrown object. If THR_TYPE is a pointer
// type, then THR_OBJ is the pointer itself. OUTER indicates the
// number of outer pointers, and whether they were const
// qualified.
virtual bool __do_catch(const type_info *__thr_type, void **__thr_obj,
unsigned __outer) const;
// Internally used during catch matching
virtual bool __do_upcast(const __cxxabiv1::__class_type_info *__target,
void **__obj_ptr) const;
protected:
const char *__name;
explicit type_info(const char *__n): __name(__n) { }
private:
/// Assigning type_info is not supported.
type_info& operator=(const type_info&);
type_info(const type_info&);
};
/**
* @brief Thrown during incorrect typecasting.
* @ingroup exceptions
*
* If you attempt an invalid @c dynamic_cast expression, an instance of
* this class (or something derived from this class) is thrown. */
class bad_cast : public exception
{
public:
bad_cast() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
// This declaration is not useless:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.0.2/gcc_6.html#SEC118
virtual ~bad_cast() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
// See comment in eh_exception.cc.
virtual const char* what() const _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
};
/**
* @brief Thrown when a NULL pointer in a @c typeid expression is used.
* @ingroup exceptions
*/
class bad_typeid : public exception
{
public:
bad_typeid () _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT { }
// This declaration is not useless:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.0.2/gcc_6.html#SEC118
virtual ~bad_typeid() _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
// See comment in eh_exception.cc.
virtual const char* what() const _GLIBCXX_USE_NOEXCEPT;
};
} // namespace std
} // extern "C++"
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
// -*- C++ -*- Exception handling and frame unwind runtime interface routines.
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
// 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
//
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
// This is derived from the C++ ABI for IA-64. Where we diverge
// for cross-architecture compatibility are noted with "@@@".
#ifndef _UNWIND_CXX_H
#define _UNWIND_CXX_H 1
// Level 2: C++ ABI
#include <typeinfo>
#include <exception>
#include <cstddef>
#include "unwind.h"
#include <bits/atomic_word.h>
#include <cxxabi.h>
#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
namespace __cxxabiv1
{
// A primary C++ exception object consists of a header, which is a wrapper
// around an unwind object header with additional C++ specific information,
// followed by the exception object itself.
struct __cxa_exception
{
// Manage the exception object itself.
std::type_info *exceptionType;
void (_GLIBCXX_CDTOR_CALLABI *exceptionDestructor)(void *);
// The C++ standard has entertaining rules wrt calling set_terminate
// and set_unexpected in the middle of the exception cleanup process.
std::unexpected_handler unexpectedHandler;
std::terminate_handler terminateHandler;
// The caught exception stack threads through here.
__cxa_exception *nextException;
// How many nested handlers have caught this exception. A negated
// value is a signal that this object has been rethrown.
int handlerCount;
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
// Stack of exceptions in cleanups.
__cxa_exception* nextPropagatingException;
// The nuber of active cleanup handlers for this exception.
int propagationCount;
#else
// Cache parsed handler data from the personality routine Phase 1
// for Phase 2 and __cxa_call_unexpected.
int handlerSwitchValue;
const unsigned char *actionRecord;
const unsigned char *languageSpecificData;
_Unwind_Ptr catchTemp;
void *adjustedPtr;
#endif
// The generic exception header. Must be last.
_Unwind_Exception unwindHeader;
};
struct __cxa_refcounted_exception
{
// Manage this header.
_Atomic_word referenceCount;
// __cxa_exception must be last, and no padding can be after it.
__cxa_exception exc;
};
// A dependent C++ exception object consists of a wrapper around an unwind
// object header with additional C++ specific information, containing a pointer
// to a primary exception object.
struct __cxa_dependent_exception
{
// The primary exception this thing depends on.
void *primaryException;
// The C++ standard has entertaining rules wrt calling set_terminate
// and set_unexpected in the middle of the exception cleanup process.
std::unexpected_handler unexpectedHandler;
std::terminate_handler terminateHandler;
// The caught exception stack threads through here.
__cxa_exception *nextException;
// How many nested handlers have caught this exception. A negated
// value is a signal that this object has been rethrown.
int handlerCount;
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
// Stack of exceptions in cleanups.
__cxa_exception* nextPropagatingException;
// The nuber of active cleanup handlers for this exception.
int propagationCount;
#else
// Cache parsed handler data from the personality routine Phase 1
// for Phase 2 and __cxa_call_unexpected.
int handlerSwitchValue;
const unsigned char *actionRecord;
const unsigned char *languageSpecificData;
_Unwind_Ptr catchTemp;
void *adjustedPtr;
#endif
// The generic exception header. Must be last.
_Unwind_Exception unwindHeader;
};
// Each thread in a C++ program has access to a __cxa_eh_globals object.
struct __cxa_eh_globals
{
__cxa_exception *caughtExceptions;
unsigned int uncaughtExceptions;
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
__cxa_exception* propagatingExceptions;
#endif
};
// @@@ These are not directly specified by the IA-64 C++ ABI.
// Handles re-checking the exception specification if unexpectedHandler
// throws, and if bad_exception needs to be thrown. Called from the
// compiler.
extern "C" void __cxa_call_unexpected (void *) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
extern "C" void __cxa_call_terminate (_Unwind_Exception*) throw ()
__attribute__((__noreturn__));
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
// Arm EABI specified routines.
typedef enum {
ctm_failed = 0,
ctm_succeeded = 1,
ctm_succeeded_with_ptr_to_base = 2
} __cxa_type_match_result;
extern "C" __cxa_type_match_result __cxa_type_match(_Unwind_Exception*,
const std::type_info*,
bool, void**);
extern "C" bool __cxa_begin_cleanup (_Unwind_Exception*);
extern "C" void __cxa_end_cleanup (void);
#endif
// Handles cleanup from transactional memory restart.
extern "C" void __cxa_tm_cleanup (void *, void *, unsigned int) throw();
// Invokes given handler, dying appropriately if the user handler was
// so inconsiderate as to return.
extern void __terminate(std::terminate_handler) throw ()
__attribute__((__noreturn__));
extern void __unexpected(std::unexpected_handler)
__attribute__((__noreturn__));
// The current installed user handlers.
extern std::terminate_handler __terminate_handler;
extern std::unexpected_handler __unexpected_handler;
// These are explicitly GNU C++ specific.
// Acquire the C++ exception header from the C++ object.
static inline __cxa_exception *
__get_exception_header_from_obj (void *ptr)
{
return reinterpret_cast<__cxa_exception *>(ptr) - 1;
}
// Acquire the C++ exception header from the generic exception header.
static inline __cxa_exception *
__get_exception_header_from_ue (_Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
return reinterpret_cast<__cxa_exception *>(exc + 1) - 1;
}
// Acquire the C++ refcounted exception header from the C++ object.
static inline __cxa_refcounted_exception *
__get_refcounted_exception_header_from_obj (void *ptr)
{
return reinterpret_cast<__cxa_refcounted_exception *>(ptr) - 1;
}
// Acquire the C++ refcounted exception header from the generic exception
// header.
static inline __cxa_refcounted_exception *
__get_refcounted_exception_header_from_ue (_Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
return reinterpret_cast<__cxa_refcounted_exception *>(exc + 1) - 1;
}
static inline __cxa_dependent_exception *
__get_dependent_exception_from_ue (_Unwind_Exception *exc)
{
return reinterpret_cast<__cxa_dependent_exception *>(exc + 1) - 1;
}
#ifdef __ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
static inline bool
__is_gxx_exception_class(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
// TODO: Take advantage of the fact that c will always be word aligned.
return c[0] == 'G'
&& c[1] == 'N'
&& c[2] == 'U'
&& c[3] == 'C'
&& c[4] == 'C'
&& c[5] == '+'
&& c[6] == '+'
&& (c[7] == '\0' || c[7] == '\x01');
}
// Only checks for primary or dependent, but not that it is a C++ exception at
// all.
static inline bool
__is_dependent_exception(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
return c[7] == '\x01';
}
static inline void
__GXX_INIT_PRIMARY_EXCEPTION_CLASS(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
c[0] = 'G';
c[1] = 'N';
c[2] = 'U';
c[3] = 'C';
c[4] = 'C';
c[5] = '+';
c[6] = '+';
c[7] = '\0';
}
static inline void
__GXX_INIT_DEPENDENT_EXCEPTION_CLASS(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
c[0] = 'G';
c[1] = 'N';
c[2] = 'U';
c[3] = 'C';
c[4] = 'C';
c[5] = '+';
c[6] = '+';
c[7] = '\x01';
}
static inline bool
__is_gxx_forced_unwind_class(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
return c[0] == 'G'
&& c[1] == 'N'
&& c[2] == 'U'
&& c[3] == 'C'
&& c[4] == 'F'
&& c[5] == 'O'
&& c[6] == 'R'
&& c[7] == '\0';
}
static inline void
__GXX_INIT_FORCED_UNWIND_CLASS(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
c[0] = 'G';
c[1] = 'N';
c[2] = 'U';
c[3] = 'C';
c[4] = 'F';
c[5] = 'O';
c[6] = 'R';
c[7] = '\0';
}
static inline void*
__gxx_caught_object(_Unwind_Exception* eo)
{
return (void*)eo->barrier_cache.bitpattern[0];
}
#else // !__ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
// This is the primary exception class we report -- "GNUCC++\0".
const _Unwind_Exception_Class __gxx_primary_exception_class
= ((((((((_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'G'
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'N')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'U')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'C')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'C')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) '+')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) '+')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) '\0');
// This is the dependent (from std::rethrow_exception) exception class we report
// "GNUCC++\x01"
const _Unwind_Exception_Class __gxx_dependent_exception_class
= ((((((((_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'G'
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'N')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'U')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'C')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) 'C')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) '+')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) '+')
<< 8 | (_Unwind_Exception_Class) '\x01');
static inline bool
__is_gxx_exception_class(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
return c == __gxx_primary_exception_class
|| c == __gxx_dependent_exception_class;
}
// Only checks for primary or dependent, but not that it is a C++ exception at
// all.
static inline bool
__is_dependent_exception(_Unwind_Exception_Class c)
{
return (c & 1);
}
#define __GXX_INIT_PRIMARY_EXCEPTION_CLASS(c) c = __gxx_primary_exception_class
#define __GXX_INIT_DEPENDENT_EXCEPTION_CLASS(c) \
c = __gxx_dependent_exception_class
// GNU C++ personality routine, Version 0.
extern "C" _Unwind_Reason_Code __gxx_personality_v0
(int, _Unwind_Action, _Unwind_Exception_Class,
struct _Unwind_Exception *, struct _Unwind_Context *);
// GNU C++ sjlj personality routine, Version 0.
extern "C" _Unwind_Reason_Code __gxx_personality_sj0
(int, _Unwind_Action, _Unwind_Exception_Class,
struct _Unwind_Exception *, struct _Unwind_Context *);
static inline void*
__gxx_caught_object(_Unwind_Exception* eo)
{
// Bad as it looks, this actually works for dependent exceptions too.
__cxa_exception* header = __get_exception_header_from_ue (eo);
return header->adjustedPtr;
}
#endif // !__ARM_EABI_UNWINDER__
static inline void*
__get_object_from_ue(_Unwind_Exception* eo) throw()
{
return __is_dependent_exception (eo->exception_class) ?
__get_dependent_exception_from_ue (eo)->primaryException :
eo + 1;
}
static inline void *
__get_object_from_ambiguous_exception(__cxa_exception *p_or_d) throw()
{
return __get_object_from_ue (&p_or_d->unwindHeader);
}
} /* namespace __cxxabiv1 */
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#endif // _UNWIND_CXX_H

View File

@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
/* Exception handling and frame unwind runtime interface routines.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* @@@ Really this should be out of line, but this also causes link
compatibility problems with the base ABI. This is slightly better
than duplicating code, however. */
#ifndef GCC_UNWIND_PE_H
#define GCC_UNWIND_PE_H
/* If using C++, references to abort have to be qualified with std::. */
#if __cplusplus
#define __gxx_abort std::abort
#else
#define __gxx_abort abort
#endif
/* Pointer encodings, from dwarf2.h. */
#define DW_EH_PE_absptr 0x00
#define DW_EH_PE_omit 0xff
#define DW_EH_PE_uleb128 0x01
#define DW_EH_PE_udata2 0x02
#define DW_EH_PE_udata4 0x03
#define DW_EH_PE_udata8 0x04
#define DW_EH_PE_sleb128 0x09
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata2 0x0A
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata4 0x0B
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata8 0x0C
#define DW_EH_PE_signed 0x08
#define DW_EH_PE_pcrel 0x10
#define DW_EH_PE_textrel 0x20
#define DW_EH_PE_datarel 0x30
#define DW_EH_PE_funcrel 0x40
#define DW_EH_PE_aligned 0x50
#define DW_EH_PE_indirect 0x80
#ifndef NO_SIZE_OF_ENCODED_VALUE
/* Given an encoding, return the number of bytes the format occupies.
This is only defined for fixed-size encodings, and so does not
include leb128. */
static unsigned int
size_of_encoded_value (unsigned char encoding) __attribute__ ((unused));
static unsigned int
size_of_encoded_value (unsigned char encoding)
{
if (encoding == DW_EH_PE_omit)
return 0;
switch (encoding & 0x07)
{
case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
return sizeof (void *);
case DW_EH_PE_udata2:
return 2;
case DW_EH_PE_udata4:
return 4;
case DW_EH_PE_udata8:
return 8;
}
__gxx_abort ();
}
#endif
#ifndef NO_BASE_OF_ENCODED_VALUE
/* Given an encoding and an _Unwind_Context, return the base to which
the encoding is relative. This base may then be passed to
read_encoded_value_with_base for use when the _Unwind_Context is
not available. */
static _Unwind_Ptr
base_of_encoded_value (unsigned char encoding, struct _Unwind_Context *context)
{
if (encoding == DW_EH_PE_omit)
return 0;
switch (encoding & 0x70)
{
case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
case DW_EH_PE_pcrel:
case DW_EH_PE_aligned:
return 0;
case DW_EH_PE_textrel:
return _Unwind_GetTextRelBase (context);
case DW_EH_PE_datarel:
return _Unwind_GetDataRelBase (context);
case DW_EH_PE_funcrel:
return _Unwind_GetRegionStart (context);
}
__gxx_abort ();
}
#endif
/* Read an unsigned leb128 value from P, store the value in VAL, return
P incremented past the value. We assume that a word is large enough to
hold any value so encoded; if it is smaller than a pointer on some target,
pointers should not be leb128 encoded on that target. */
static const unsigned char *
read_uleb128 (const unsigned char *p, _uleb128_t *val)
{
unsigned int shift = 0;
unsigned char byte;
_uleb128_t result;
result = 0;
do
{
byte = *p++;
result |= ((_uleb128_t)byte & 0x7f) << shift;
shift += 7;
}
while (byte & 0x80);
*val = result;
return p;
}
/* Similar, but read a signed leb128 value. */
static const unsigned char *
read_sleb128 (const unsigned char *p, _sleb128_t *val)
{
unsigned int shift = 0;
unsigned char byte;
_uleb128_t result;
result = 0;
do
{
byte = *p++;
result |= ((_uleb128_t)byte & 0x7f) << shift;
shift += 7;
}
while (byte & 0x80);
/* Sign-extend a negative value. */
if (shift < 8 * sizeof(result) && (byte & 0x40) != 0)
result |= -(((_uleb128_t)1L) << shift);
*val = (_sleb128_t) result;
return p;
}
/* Load an encoded value from memory at P. The value is returned in VAL;
The function returns P incremented past the value. BASE is as given
by base_of_encoded_value for this encoding in the appropriate context. */
static const unsigned char *
read_encoded_value_with_base (unsigned char encoding, _Unwind_Ptr base,
const unsigned char *p, _Unwind_Ptr *val)
{
union unaligned
{
void *ptr;
unsigned u2 __attribute__ ((mode (HI)));
unsigned u4 __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
unsigned u8 __attribute__ ((mode (DI)));
signed s2 __attribute__ ((mode (HI)));
signed s4 __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
signed s8 __attribute__ ((mode (DI)));
} __attribute__((__packed__));
const union unaligned *u = (const union unaligned *) p;
_Unwind_Internal_Ptr result;
if (encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
{
_Unwind_Internal_Ptr a = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) p;
a = (a + sizeof (void *) - 1) & - sizeof(void *);
result = *(_Unwind_Internal_Ptr *) a;
p = (const unsigned char *) (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) (a + sizeof (void *));
}
else
{
switch (encoding & 0x0f)
{
case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
result = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) u->ptr;
p += sizeof (void *);
break;
case DW_EH_PE_uleb128:
{
_uleb128_t tmp;
p = read_uleb128 (p, &tmp);
result = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) tmp;
}
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sleb128:
{
_sleb128_t tmp;
p = read_sleb128 (p, &tmp);
result = (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) tmp;
}
break;
case DW_EH_PE_udata2:
result = u->u2;
p += 2;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_udata4:
result = u->u4;
p += 4;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_udata8:
result = u->u8;
p += 8;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sdata2:
result = u->s2;
p += 2;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sdata4:
result = u->s4;
p += 4;
break;
case DW_EH_PE_sdata8:
result = u->s8;
p += 8;
break;
default:
__gxx_abort ();
}
if (result != 0)
{
result += ((encoding & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_pcrel
? (_Unwind_Internal_Ptr) u : base);
if (encoding & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
result = *(_Unwind_Internal_Ptr *) result;
}
}
*val = result;
return p;
}
#ifndef NO_BASE_OF_ENCODED_VALUE
/* Like read_encoded_value_with_base, but get the base from the context
rather than providing it directly. */
static inline const unsigned char *
read_encoded_value (struct _Unwind_Context *context, unsigned char encoding,
const unsigned char *p, _Unwind_Ptr *val)
{
return read_encoded_value_with_base (encoding,
base_of_encoded_value (encoding, context),
p, val);
}
#endif
#endif /* unwind-pe.h */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
// Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2009
// Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of GCC.
//
// GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "tinfo.h"
namespace __cxxabiv1 {
__vmi_class_type_info::
~__vmi_class_type_info ()
{}
__class_type_info::__sub_kind __vmi_class_type_info::
__do_find_public_src (ptrdiff_t src2dst,
const void *obj_ptr,
const __class_type_info *src_type,
const void *src_ptr) const
{
if (obj_ptr == src_ptr && *this == *src_type)
return __contained_public;
for (std::size_t i = __base_count; i--;)
{
if (!__base_info[i].__is_public_p ())
continue; // Not public, can't be here.
const void *base = obj_ptr;
ptrdiff_t offset = __base_info[i].__offset ();
bool is_virtual = __base_info[i].__is_virtual_p ();
if (is_virtual)
{
if (src2dst == -3)
continue; // Not a virtual base, so can't be here.
}
base = convert_to_base (base, is_virtual, offset);
__sub_kind base_kind = __base_info[i].__base_type->__do_find_public_src
(src2dst, base, src_type, src_ptr);
if (contained_p (base_kind))
{
if (is_virtual)
base_kind = __sub_kind (base_kind | __contained_virtual_mask);
return base_kind;
}
}
return __not_contained;
}
// This is a big hairy function. Although the run-time behaviour of
// dynamic_cast is simple to describe, it gives rise to some non-obvious
// behaviour. We also desire to determine as early as possible any definite
// answer we can get. Because it is unknown what the run-time ratio of
// succeeding to failing dynamic casts is, we do not know in which direction
// to bias any optimizations. To that end we make no particular effort towards
// early fail answers or early success answers. Instead we try to minimize
// work by filling in things lazily (when we know we need the information),
// and opportunisticly take early success or failure results.
bool __vmi_class_type_info::
__do_dyncast (ptrdiff_t src2dst,
__sub_kind access_path,
const __class_type_info *dst_type,
const void *obj_ptr,
const __class_type_info *src_type,
const void *src_ptr,
__dyncast_result &__restrict result) const
{
if (result.whole_details & __flags_unknown_mask)
result.whole_details = __flags;
if (obj_ptr == src_ptr && *this == *src_type)
{
// The src object we started from. Indicate how we are accessible from
// the most derived object.
result.whole2src = access_path;
return false;
}
if (*this == *dst_type)
{
result.dst_ptr = obj_ptr;
result.whole2dst = access_path;
if (src2dst >= 0)
result.dst2src = adjust_pointer <void> (obj_ptr, src2dst) == src_ptr
? __contained_public : __not_contained;
else if (src2dst == -2)
result.dst2src = __not_contained;
return false;
}
// If src_type is a unique non-virtual base of dst_type, we have a good
// guess at the address we want, so in the first pass try skipping any
// bases which don't contain that address.
const void *dst_cand = NULL;
if (src2dst >= 0)
dst_cand = adjust_pointer<void>(src_ptr, -src2dst);
bool first_pass = true;
bool skipped = false;
bool result_ambig = false;
again:
for (std::size_t i = __base_count; i--;)
{
__dyncast_result result2 (result.whole_details);
void const *base = obj_ptr;
__sub_kind base_access = access_path;
ptrdiff_t offset = __base_info[i].__offset ();
bool is_virtual = __base_info[i].__is_virtual_p ();
if (is_virtual)
base_access = __sub_kind (base_access | __contained_virtual_mask);
base = convert_to_base (base, is_virtual, offset);
if (dst_cand)
{
bool skip_on_first_pass = base > dst_cand;
if (skip_on_first_pass == first_pass)
{
// We aren't interested in this base on this pass: either
// we're on the first pass and this base doesn't contain the
// likely address, or we're on the second pass and we checked
// this base on the first pass.
skipped = true;
continue;
}
}
if (!__base_info[i].__is_public_p ())
{
if (src2dst == -2 &&
!(result.whole_details
& (__non_diamond_repeat_mask | __diamond_shaped_mask)))
// The hierarchy has no duplicate bases (which might ambiguate
// things) and where we started is not a public base of what we
// want (so it cannot be a downcast). There is nothing of interest
// hiding in a non-public base.
continue;
base_access = __sub_kind (base_access & ~__contained_public_mask);
}
bool result2_ambig
= __base_info[i].__base_type->__do_dyncast (src2dst, base_access,
dst_type, base,
src_type, src_ptr, result2);
result.whole2src = __sub_kind (result.whole2src | result2.whole2src);
if (result2.dst2src == __contained_public
|| result2.dst2src == __contained_ambig)
{
result.dst_ptr = result2.dst_ptr;
result.whole2dst = result2.whole2dst;
result.dst2src = result2.dst2src;
// Found a downcast which can't be bettered or an ambiguous downcast
// which can't be disambiguated
return result2_ambig;
}
if (!result_ambig && !result.dst_ptr)
{
// Not found anything yet.
result.dst_ptr = result2.dst_ptr;
result.whole2dst = result2.whole2dst;
result_ambig = result2_ambig;
if (result.dst_ptr && result.whole2src != __unknown
&& !(__flags & __non_diamond_repeat_mask))
// Found dst and src and we don't have repeated bases.
return result_ambig;
}
else if (result.dst_ptr && result.dst_ptr == result2.dst_ptr)
{
// Found at same address, must be via virtual. Pick the most
// accessible path.
result.whole2dst =
__sub_kind (result.whole2dst | result2.whole2dst);
}
else if ((result.dst_ptr != 0 && result2.dst_ptr != 0)
|| (result.dst_ptr != 0 && result2_ambig)
|| (result2.dst_ptr != 0 && result_ambig))
{
// Found two different DST_TYPE bases, or a valid one and a set of
// ambiguous ones, must disambiguate. See whether SRC_PTR is
// contained publicly within one of the non-ambiguous choices. If it
// is in only one, then that's the choice. If it is in both, then
// we're ambiguous and fail. If it is in neither, we're ambiguous,
// but don't yet fail as we might later find a third base which does
// contain SRC_PTR.
__sub_kind new_sub_kind = result2.dst2src;
__sub_kind old_sub_kind = result.dst2src;
if (contained_p (result.whole2src)
&& (!virtual_p (result.whole2src)
|| !(result.whole_details & __diamond_shaped_mask)))
{
// We already found SRC_PTR as a base of most derived, and
// either it was non-virtual, or the whole hierarchy is
// not-diamond shaped. Therefore if it is in either choice, it
// can only be in one of them, and we will already know.
if (old_sub_kind == __unknown)
old_sub_kind = __not_contained;
if (new_sub_kind == __unknown)
new_sub_kind = __not_contained;
}
else
{
if (old_sub_kind >= __not_contained)
;// already calculated
else if (contained_p (new_sub_kind)
&& (!virtual_p (new_sub_kind)
|| !(__flags & __diamond_shaped_mask)))
// Already found inside the other choice, and it was
// non-virtual or we are not diamond shaped.
old_sub_kind = __not_contained;
else
old_sub_kind = dst_type->__find_public_src
(src2dst, result.dst_ptr, src_type, src_ptr);
if (new_sub_kind >= __not_contained)
;// already calculated
else if (contained_p (old_sub_kind)
&& (!virtual_p (old_sub_kind)
|| !(__flags & __diamond_shaped_mask)))
// Already found inside the other choice, and it was
// non-virtual or we are not diamond shaped.
new_sub_kind = __not_contained;
else
new_sub_kind = dst_type->__find_public_src
(src2dst, result2.dst_ptr, src_type, src_ptr);
}
// Neither sub_kind can be contained_ambig -- we bail out early
// when we find those.
if (contained_p (__sub_kind (new_sub_kind ^ old_sub_kind)))
{
// Only on one choice, not ambiguous.
if (contained_p (new_sub_kind))
{
// Only in new.
result.dst_ptr = result2.dst_ptr;
result.whole2dst = result2.whole2dst;
result_ambig = false;
old_sub_kind = new_sub_kind;
}
result.dst2src = old_sub_kind;
if (public_p (result.dst2src))
return false; // Can't be an ambiguating downcast for later discovery.
if (!virtual_p (result.dst2src))
return false; // Found non-virtually can't be bettered
}
else if (contained_p (__sub_kind (new_sub_kind & old_sub_kind)))
{
// In both.
result.dst_ptr = NULL;
result.dst2src = __contained_ambig;
return true; // Fail.
}
else
{
// In neither publicly, ambiguous for the moment, but keep
// looking. It is possible that it was private in one or
// both and therefore we should fail, but that's just tough.
result.dst_ptr = NULL;
result.dst2src = __not_contained;
result_ambig = true;
}
}
if (result.whole2src == __contained_private)
// We found SRC_PTR as a private non-virtual base, therefore all
// cross casts will fail. We have already found a down cast, if
// there is one.
return result_ambig;
}
if (skipped && first_pass)
{
// We didn't find dst where we expected it, so let's go back and try
// the bases we skipped (if any).
first_pass = false;
goto again;
}
return result_ambig;
}
bool __vmi_class_type_info::
__do_upcast (const __class_type_info *dst, const void *obj_ptr,
__upcast_result &__restrict result) const
{
if (__class_type_info::__do_upcast (dst, obj_ptr, result))
return true;
int src_details = result.src_details;
if (src_details & __flags_unknown_mask)
src_details = __flags;
for (std::size_t i = __base_count; i--;)
{
__upcast_result result2 (src_details);
const void *base = obj_ptr;
ptrdiff_t offset = __base_info[i].__offset ();
bool is_virtual = __base_info[i].__is_virtual_p ();
bool is_public = __base_info[i].__is_public_p ();
if (!is_public && !(src_details & __non_diamond_repeat_mask))
// original cannot have an ambiguous base, so skip private bases
continue;
if (base)
base = convert_to_base (base, is_virtual, offset);
if (__base_info[i].__base_type->__do_upcast (dst, base, result2))
{
if (result2.base_type == nonvirtual_base_type && is_virtual)
result2.base_type = __base_info[i].__base_type;
if (contained_p (result2.part2dst) && !is_public)
result2.part2dst = __sub_kind (result2.part2dst & ~__contained_public_mask);
if (!result.base_type)
{
result = result2;
if (!contained_p (result.part2dst))
return true; // found ambiguously
if (result.part2dst & __contained_public_mask)
{
if (!(__flags & __non_diamond_repeat_mask))
return true; // cannot have an ambiguous other base
}
else
{
if (!virtual_p (result.part2dst))
return true; // cannot have another path
if (!(__flags & __diamond_shaped_mask))
return true; // cannot have a more accessible path
}
}
else if (result.dst_ptr != result2.dst_ptr)
{
// Found an ambiguity.
result.dst_ptr = NULL;
result.part2dst = __contained_ambig;
return true;
}
else if (result.dst_ptr)
{
// Ok, found real object via a virtual path.
result.part2dst
= __sub_kind (result.part2dst | result2.part2dst);
}
else
{
// Dealing with a null pointer, need to check vbase
// containing each of the two choices.
if (result2.base_type == nonvirtual_base_type
|| result.base_type == nonvirtual_base_type
|| !(*result2.base_type == *result.base_type))
{
// Already ambiguous, not virtual or via different virtuals.
// Cannot match.
result.part2dst = __contained_ambig;
return true;
}
result.part2dst
= __sub_kind (result.part2dst | result2.part2dst);
}
}
}
return result.part2dst != __unknown;
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
// Verbose terminate_handler -*- C++ -*-
// Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2011 Free Software Foundation
//
// This file is part of the GNU ISO C++ Library. This library is free
// software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
// terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
// Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
// any later version.
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
// Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
// permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
// 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
// a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
// see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
// <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include <bits/c++config.h>
#if _GLIBCXX_HOSTED
#include <cstdlib>
#include <exception>
#include <bits/exception_defines.h>
#include <cxxabi.h>
# include <cstdio>
using namespace std;
using namespace abi;
namespace __gnu_cxx
{
_GLIBCXX_BEGIN_NAMESPACE_VERSION
// A replacement for the standard terminate_handler which prints
// more information about the terminating exception (if any) on
// stderr.
void __verbose_terminate_handler()
{
static bool terminating;
if (terminating)
{
//fputs("terminate called recursively\n", stderr);
abort ();
}
terminating = true;
// Make sure there was an exception; terminate is also called for an
// attempt to rethrow when there is no suitable exception.
type_info *t = __cxa_current_exception_type();
if (t)
{
// Note that "name" is the mangled name.
char const *name = t->name();
{
int status = -1;
char *dem = 0;
// dem = __cxa_demangle(name, 0, 0, &status);
// fputs("terminate called after throwing an instance of '", stderr);
// if (status == 0)
// fputs(dem, stderr);
// else
// fputs(name, stderr);
// fputs("'\n", stderr);
// if (status == 0)
// free(dem);
}
// If the exception is derived from std::exception, we can
// give more information.
__try { __throw_exception_again; }
#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS
__catch(const exception& exc)
{
char const *w = exc.what();
// fputs(" what(): ", stderr);
// fputs(w, stderr);
// fputs("\n", stderr);
}
#endif
__catch(...) { }
}
else;
// fputs("terminate called without an active exception\n", stderr);
abort();
}
_GLIBCXX_END_NAMESPACE_VERSION
} // namespace
#endif